WO2018047101A1 - Conducting polymers and uses thereof - Google Patents

Conducting polymers and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018047101A1
WO2018047101A1 PCT/IB2017/055408 IB2017055408W WO2018047101A1 WO 2018047101 A1 WO2018047101 A1 WO 2018047101A1 IB 2017055408 W IB2017055408 W IB 2017055408W WO 2018047101 A1 WO2018047101 A1 WO 2018047101A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nucleic acid
monomer
conducting polymer
electrode
formula
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/IB2017/055408
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jadranka Travas-Sejdic
David Edward Williams
Nihan Aydemir
David Barker
Clive William Evans
Wai Chi Eddie CHAN
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Auckland Uniservices Ltd
Original Assignee
Auckland Uniservices Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Auckland Uniservices Ltd filed Critical Auckland Uniservices Ltd
Priority to CN201780069154.8A priority Critical patent/CN109963893A/en
Priority to AU2017323604A priority patent/AU2017323604A1/en
Priority to EP17848246.9A priority patent/EP3510076A4/en
Priority to US16/330,833 priority patent/US20190194386A1/en
Publication of WO2018047101A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018047101A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/122Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides
    • C08G61/123Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides derived from five-membered heterocyclic compounds
    • C08G61/126Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides derived from five-membered heterocyclic compounds with a five-membered ring containing one sulfur atom in the ring
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L7/00Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices
    • B01L7/52Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices with provision for submitting samples to a predetermined sequence of different temperatures, e.g. for treating nucleic acid samples
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/323Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/333Radicals substituted by oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/08Hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/16Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C07H21/04Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/122Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides
    • C08G61/123Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides derived from five-membered heterocyclic compounds
    • C08G61/124Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides derived from five-membered heterocyclic compounds with a five-membered ring containing one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/6862Ligase chain reaction [LCR]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N27/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of electric, electrochemical, or magnetic means
    • G01N27/26Investigating or analysing materials by the use of electric, electrochemical, or magnetic means by investigating electrochemical variables; by using electrolysis or electrophoresis
    • G01N27/28Electrolytic cell components
    • G01N27/30Electrodes, e.g. test electrodes; Half-cells
    • G01N27/327Biochemical electrodes, e.g. electrical or mechanical details for in vitro measurements
    • G01N27/3275Sensing specific biomolecules, e.g. nucleic acid strands, based on an electrode surface reaction
    • G01N27/3277Sensing specific biomolecules, e.g. nucleic acid strands, based on an electrode surface reaction being a redox reaction, e.g. detection by cyclic voltammetry
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/06Auxiliary integrated devices, integrated components
    • B01L2300/0627Sensor or part of a sensor is integrated
    • B01L2300/0645Electrodes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/06Auxiliary integrated devices, integrated components
    • B01L2300/0627Sensor or part of a sensor is integrated
    • B01L2300/0663Whole sensors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/12Copolymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/142Side-chains containing oxygen
    • C08G2261/1424Side-chains containing oxygen containing ether groups, including alkoxy
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/142Side-chains containing oxygen
    • C08G2261/1426Side-chains containing oxygen containing carboxy groups (COOH) and/or -C(=O)O-moieties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/143Side-chains containing nitrogen
    • C08G2261/1432Side-chains containing nitrogen containing amide groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/145Side-chains containing sulfur
    • C08G2261/1452Side-chains containing sulfur containing sulfonyl or sulfonate-groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/312Non-condensed aromatic systems, e.g. benzene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/32Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/322Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain non-condensed
    • C08G2261/3221Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain non-condensed containing one or more nitrogen atoms as the only heteroatom, e.g. pyrrole, pyridine or triazole
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/32Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/322Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain non-condensed
    • C08G2261/3223Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain non-condensed containing one or more sulfur atoms as the only heteroatom, e.g. thiophene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/40Polymerisation processes
    • C08G2261/44Electrochemical polymerisation, i.e. oxidative or reductive coupling
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/90Applications
    • C08G2261/94Applications in sensors, e.g. biosensors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25DPROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25D9/00Electrolytic coating other than with metals
    • C25D9/02Electrolytic coating other than with metals with organic materials

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates to the field of conducting polymers. More specifically, the present invention relates to polymerisable monomers comprising a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof, conducting polymers comprising monomer units of such monomers, and methods of making such polymers.
  • the present invention also relates to sensors comprising the polymers, sensor systems comprising the sensors, methods of making the sensors, and methods for determining the presence or absence or amount of targets employing the sensors.
  • the present invention also relates to methods, systems and apparatuses for amplifying nucleic acids employing the conducting polymers.
  • Biosensors have potential applications in a number of fields including drug delivery, biomedical devices and medical diagnostics. Improvements in the understanding of sensor-target interactions have allowed for the preparation of improved sensor systems for use in such applications. However, many sensors are still limited by their sensitivity, selectivity, ease-of-preparation and/or ease-of-use.
  • the present invention broadly consists in a polymerisable monomer of formula (1) :
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an electron withdrawing group and an electron donating group; or
  • R 1 and R 2 together and/or R 3 and R 4 together represent an electron withdrawing group or an electron donating group that together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five or six membered ring;
  • D at each instance of p is independently a group of the formula -L-P x , wherein L is a bond or a linker group, and P x is a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof;
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently S or NR a ;
  • R a at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
  • the present invention broadly consists in a conducting polymer comprising a monomer unit of the formula (2) :
  • the invention broadly consists in a method of making a conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, the method comprising : (a) providing a polymerisable monomer of the formula (1) as defined in the first aspect, and
  • the present invention broadly consists in a conducting polymer made by a method as defined in the third aspect.
  • the present invention broadly consists in a method of making a sensor comprising :
  • the present invention broadly consists in a sensor comprising a substrate having a surface coated with a conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect.
  • the present invention broadly consist in a sensor system comprising a sensor as defined in the sixth aspect and a detector for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, for example a detector capable of detecting binding of a target by a probe.
  • the present invention broadly consists in a method for amplifying a target nucleic acid, the method comprising the steps of
  • a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, wherein the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence , and
  • reaction mixture comprising
  • the present invention broadly consists in an apparatus for realtime nucleic acid amplification, the apparatus comprising
  • a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, wherein the the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
  • reaction volume is suitable for containing a sample comprising nucleic acid, and wherein the reaction volume includes a heater or is adapted to engage with a thermocycler suitable for PCR.
  • the present invention broadly consists in a system for amplifying a target nucleic acid in a sample, the system comprising
  • a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, wherein the the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
  • reaction mixture comprising one or more of
  • a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence
  • thermocycler (v) a supply of reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction; c) a device for measuring the impedance of at least the first electrode; and d) a thermocycler.
  • the present invention broadly consists in a method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample, the method comprising :
  • the present invention broadly consists in a sensor made by a method according to the fifth aspect.
  • the polymerisable monomer has the formula ( 1A) :
  • the polymerisable monomer has the structure (IB)
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R 5 , -OR 5 , -C(0)OR 5 , - OC(0)R 5 , -NR5R 5 , -C(0)NR 5 R 5 , -NR 5 C(0)R 5 , -NR 5 C(0)NR 5 R 5 , and -R 6 ; or
  • R 1 and R 2 and/or R 3 and R 4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five or six membered heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring;
  • R 5 at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl;
  • R 6 at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R 5 , -OR 5 , -C(0)OR 5 , -OC(0)R 5 , -NR 5 R 5 , - C(0)NR 5 R 5 , -NR 5 C(0)R 5 , -NR 5 C(0)NR 5 R 5 , and alkyl.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and alkoxy; or R 1 and R 2 and/or R 3 and R 4 together represent -OCH2CH2O-. In some embodiments R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are each hydrogen; or R 1 and R 2 together and/or R 3 and R 4 together represent -OCH2CH2O-.
  • R 1 and R 4 are identical and R 2 and R 3 are identical; or when R 1 and R 2 form a ring and R 3 and R 4 form a ring, each ring is identical.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are each hydrogen.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are each S; or Z 1 and Z 2 are each NR a .
  • R a at each instance is hydrogen
  • p is 2.
  • the poiymerisabie monomer has the formula (1C) or (ID) :
  • each D is identical.
  • the poiymerisabie monomer has an oxidation potential for polymerisation of from about 0 to about 1.0V vs.
  • Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs.
  • Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs.
  • the poiymerisabie monomer has an oxidation potential of from about 0.6 to 1.0V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) .
  • the length of the linker group is from about 1 to 15 atoms.
  • the length of the linker group is from about 1 to 15 atoms.
  • the length of the linker group is from about 1 to 15 atoms.
  • x is an integer from 0 to 6; m at each instance of x is independently an integer from 0 to 8; n is an integer from 0 to 8;
  • R at each instance is independently hydrogen or alkyl;
  • X 3 is a functional group through which the probe is attached; provided that the linker group, excluding X 3 , is not more than 10 atoms in length.
  • the linker group is of the formula :
  • X 3 is as defined herein; and n is an integer from 1-8;
  • X 3 is as defined herein; x is an integer from 1-4; or (c) -0-[(CH2)m-0]x-(CH 2 )n-X 3 - wherein
  • X 3 is as defined herein; x is an integer from 1-4; m at each instance of x is independently an integer from 1-4, preferably 2; n is an integer from 1-4, provided that the linker group excluding X 3 , is not more than 10 atoms in length.
  • the linker group is -0-(CH2)m-C(0) NH-, wherein m is an integer from 2 to 8.
  • the linker group is -0-(CH2)5-C(0)NH-.
  • the probe is capable of binding one or more nucleic acids in a sequence specific manner.
  • sequence specific binding of one or more nucleic acids by the probe is by nucleic acid hybridization.
  • the probe comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. In various embodiments, the probe comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. In various embodiments, the probe comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments,
  • the probe comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide.
  • the probe comprises an aptamer.
  • the aptamer comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or an analogue thereof.
  • the aptamer comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide.
  • the aptamer comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide.
  • the aptamer comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide.
  • P x is an amino functionalised single stranded oligonucleotide.
  • the or a or at least one probe comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide selected from:
  • oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence comprising 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, or 16 or more) contiguous bases of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 4.
  • the or a or at least one probe comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 4.
  • the or a or at least one probe comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide complementary to a target single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide selected from:
  • a target single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence comprising 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, or 16 or more) contiguous bases of any of SEQ ID NOs: 5 to 10.
  • the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2A) :
  • the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2B) :
  • the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2C) or (2D) :
  • the conducting polymer further comprises at least one monomer unit different to the monomer unit of the formula (2).
  • the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (3), (4), (5), or a mixture of any two or more thereof:
  • the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6) :
  • Y at each instance of p is independently selected from the group consisting of a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group, hydrogen, alkoxy, polyether, polyether alcohol, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyi, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
  • heterocyclyl and heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyi, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R 5 , -OR 5 , -C(0)OR 5 , -OC(0)R 5 , -NR 5 R 5 , -C(0)NR 5 R 5 , -NR 5 C(0)R 5 , -NR 5 C(0)NR 5 R 5 , and alkyl.
  • Y at each instance of p is independently selected from the group consisting of a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group, hydrogen, alkoxy, polyether, and polyether alcohol.
  • Y at each instance of p is independently is selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, polyether, and polyether alcohol.
  • Y at each instance of p is independently is selected from the group consisting of polyether and polyether alcohol.
  • Y at each instance of p is independently is selected from the group consisting of polyether.
  • the polyether or polyether alcohol comprises from 2-50, 2-40, 2-30, 2-20, 2-10, 2-8, 2-6, or 2-4 monomer units.
  • the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6A) :
  • the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6B) :
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , Z 1 , Z 2 and Y are as defined herein.
  • the conducting polymer as described herein further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6C) or (6D) :
  • monomer unit of the formula (2) and monomer unit of the formula (6) are identical except for the D and Y groups.
  • the ratio of the monomer unit of formula (2) to the at least one monomer unit different to the monomer unit of the formula (2), for example a monomer unit of the formula (3), (4) or (5), is from about 10 : 1 to 1 : 10,000, for example 10:1 to 1:1000, 10:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:10,000, 1:1 to 1:1000, or 1:1 to 1:100.
  • the ratio of the monomer unit of formula (2) to the monomer unit of the formula (6) is from about 10:1 to 1:1,000, 10:1 to 1:500, 10:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:50, 1:1 to 1:5, or 1:2 to 1:4, or about 1:3.
  • the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and at least one additional polymerisable monomer different to the monomer of formula (1) to provide the conducting polymer.
  • the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and thiophene, pyrrole, 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
  • the method of making a conducting polymer comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7):
  • the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7A):
  • the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7B) :
  • the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7C) or (7D) :
  • each conducting polymer coated on the surface of the substrate or electrode has a different probe.
  • the different probes are adapted to bind or capable of binding different targets.
  • the monomer(s) are deposited on the surface of the substrate or electrode and polymerised to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate or electrode.
  • the monomer(s) are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide.
  • the monomer(s) are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is air or dissolved oxygen.
  • the electroless oxidative polymerisation is catalysed by an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst.
  • the catalyst for the electroless oxidative polymerisation comprises Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; an oxide of Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; carbon (for example carbon nanotubes, fullerines, or graphene) ; or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
  • the electroless oxidative polymerisation catalyst is Pt or Pd. In various embodiments, the electroless oxidative polymerisation catalyst is Pt.
  • the electroless oxidative polymerisation catalyst is in the form of nano-particles.
  • the method comprises monomer(s) that are stable to oxidative polymerisation by oxygen or hydrogen peroxide in the absence of an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst for at least 4, 8, 12, 24 or 48 hours.
  • the surface of the substrate or electrode on which the conducting polymer(s) or monomer(s) are deposited consists of or comprises the catalyst.
  • the electroless oxidative polymerisation is of monomer(s) wherein Z 1 and Z 2 are each S.
  • the oxidative polymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ⁇ , preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, for example from 5nm to 75nm, from 5nm to 50nm, from 5nm to 25nm, from lOnm to lOOnm, from lOnm to 75nm, from lOnm to 50nm, from lOnm to 25 nm, from 20nm to lOOnm, from 20nm to 75nm, from 20nm to 50nm, from 20nm to 25 nm, from 30nm to lOOnm, from 30nm to 75nm, from 30nm to 50nm, from 40nm to lOOnm, from 40nm to 75nm, from 40nm to 50nm, from 50nm to lOOnm, or from 50nm to 75nm, when carried out for a period of time from about 1 second to about 120 seconds.
  • the monomer(s) are polymerised by electropolymerisation.
  • the electropolymerisation is carried out at a potential of about 0 to about 1.0V vs.
  • Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs.
  • Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
  • the electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ⁇ , preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 10 seconds. In some embodiments the electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ⁇ , preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 20 seconds, or from about 0.1 seconds to about 30 seconds.
  • the senor comprises a substrate comprising at least one electrode having a surface coated with a conducting polymer as described herein. In some embodiments the sensor comprises a substrate comprising a plurality of electrodes, each electrode comprising a surface coated with a conducting polymer as described herein, wherein the surfaces of at least two of the electrodes are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
  • the detector is capable of detecting binding of a target by a probe.
  • the sensor system comprises a detector capable of measuring an electrochemical property of the conducting polymer.
  • the sensor system comprises a detector capable of measuring the impedance of the conducting polymer. In some embodiments the sensor or sensor system further comprises a redox couple. In some embodiments the sensor or sensor system comprises a counter electrode and optionally a reference electrode.
  • the sensor system may comprise a positive control.
  • the system may comprise a positive control sample comprising a target, which probes of the conducting polymer(s) are capable of binding.
  • the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) is/are coated is/are a gold (e.g. screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode.
  • the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) are coated is a screen printed carbon electrode.
  • the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) are coated is a screen printed electrode, such as screen printed carbon electrode, the surface of which has been modified prior to formation of the coating of the conducting polymer(s) by a treatment that increases the sensitivity of the electrode to detection of the target.
  • the treatment is selected from laser glazing or plasma treatment.
  • the method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample comprises detecting binding of the target when present in the sample by a probe.
  • the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is determined electrochemically or the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is detected electrochemically.
  • the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is determined by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy or the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is detected by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy.
  • the method comprises contacting the sample and the sensor in the presence of a redox couple.
  • the redox couple is ferro-ferricyanide.
  • the method comprises amplifying a target nucleic acid in a sample according to the eighth aspect.
  • the sample comprises double stranded nucleic acid. In various embodiments, the sample comprises genomic nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate. In various embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate comprising genomic nucleic acid.
  • the lysate is a cell lysate.
  • the cell lysate is a bacterial cell lysate.
  • the sample or lysate comprises nucleic acid, preferably genomic nucleic acid, protein, lipids and other components, for example cellular components, produced by lysis.
  • the sample comprises a lysate from which at least a portion of solid components or particles produced by lysis have been removed.
  • the sample has not been subjected to nucleic acid extraction and/or purification.
  • the sample has not been subjected to a nucleic acid extraction and/or purification comprising treatment with a proteinase, treatment (for example extraction) with one or more organic solvents, precipitation of the nucleic acid, and/or purification and/or isolation of the precipitated nucleic acid .
  • the sample has not been subjected to a nucleic acid extraction and/or purification comprising treatment with one or more organic solvents.
  • the reaction mixture comprises a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the reaction mixture comprises the first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule, or a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to the first portion of the target nucleic acid sequence.
  • the method comprises the additional step of determining the presence or amount of polynucleotide in the reaction volume on the basis of the one or more impedance measurements.
  • the method comprises the additional step of measuring the impedance of the first electrode before the first elongation step of the nucleic acid amplification reaction. In some embodiments the impedance is measured continuously throughout at least a portion of the polymerase chain reaction.
  • the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode.
  • the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode and terminating the polymerisation on the basis of the measurement.
  • the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode and terminating the polymerisation when a total charge of from about 1.0 x 10 "5 C to about 5 x 10 "5 C is measured.
  • the redox couple is a ferro-ferricyanide.
  • the target nucleic acid is present at an initial concentration of less than 1 pg/mL.
  • the target nucleic acid is present at an initial concentration of less than 1 fg/mL.
  • the apparatus additionally comprises a thermocycler suitable for PCR.
  • the apparatus additionally comprises a device for measuring the impedance of at least the first electrode.
  • the device for measuring impedance is an LCR meter or is a potentiostat.
  • the device for measuring impedance is an LCR meter, a potentiostat, or the device measures impedance by determining the
  • the sample comprises a double stranded nucleic acid and the method comprises:
  • the sample comprises microbes (for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses) comprising a target nucleic acid and the method comprises: lysing the microbes,
  • the sample comprises microbes (for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses) comprising a target nucleic acid and the method comprises: heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to lyse the microbes and dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein,
  • microbes for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses
  • the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target nucleic acid in an aqueous sample which may comprise a double stranded nucleic acid (for example, double stranded DNA) and the method comprises: admixing into the sample a buffer (eg phosphate-buffered saline) and a redox couple (for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide),
  • a buffer eg phosphate-buffered saline
  • a redox couple for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide
  • a temperature at which the nucleic acid strands re-anneal for example, about 40 to 50°C to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system
  • detecting binding of the target by the probe for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
  • the sensor signal increases over time (depending on the target concentration).
  • the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target nucleic acid in an aqueous sample which may comprise double stranded nucleic acid (for example, double stranded DNA) and the method comprises:
  • a buffer eg phosphate-buffered saline
  • a redox couple for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide
  • nucleotides, nucleic acids and enzymes for a nucleic acid amplification reaction for example, polymerase amplification
  • detecting binding of the target by the probe for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
  • the sensor signal increases over time as the temperature is oscillated.
  • the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of bacteria comprising a target nucleic acid in a water sample which may comprise the bacteria, and the method comprises:
  • a buffer eg phosphate-buffered saline
  • a redox couple for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide
  • a temperature at which the nucleic acid strands re-anneal for example 40 to 50°C to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system
  • detecting binding of the target by the probe for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
  • the sensor signal increases with time (depending on the bacterial concentration).
  • the method further comprises filtering or otherwise removing solid particles from the hot lysate.
  • the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of bacteria comprising a target nucleic acid in a water sample which may comprise the bacteria, and the method comprises:
  • a buffer eg phosphate-buffered saline
  • a redox couple eg a redox couple
  • nucleic acid amplification reaction for example, polymerase amplification
  • detecting binding of the target by the probe for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
  • the sensor signal increases over time as the temperature is oscillated.
  • This invention may also be said broadly to consist in the parts, elements and features referred to or indicated in the specification of the application, individually or collectively, and any or all combinations of any two or more said parts, elements or features, and where specific integers are mentioned herein which have known equivalents in the art to which this invention relates, such known equivalents are deemed to be incorporated herein as if individually set forth.
  • Figure 1 is a graph showing EIS measurements in the presence of 5mM K3Fe(CN)6 and 5mM K 4 Fe(CN)6.
  • the EIS measurements were carried out after deposition of the homopolymer-oligonucleotide complex (homopolymer of monomer 22 with a DNA-probe bound) on the Pt disk electrode (CP and DNA), and after ⁇ target oligonucleotide hybridization to the homopolymer-DNA probe ( ⁇ target).
  • the un-shaded squares represent experimental EIS values for the ferro-ferricyanide redox reaction on the homopolymer-oligonculeotide probe complex on the Pt disk electrode.
  • the shaded diamonds represent experimental EIS values after hybridisation of the target oligonucleotide to the homopolymer-oligonucleotide probe.
  • the data were fitted to a Randle's equivalent circuit (inset), consisting of solution resistance Ri, a constant phase element Q2, a charge transfer resistance R2 and a Warburg diffusion element (W2) as indicated by the solid line. Changes in the parameters of the fitted model were used as signals for the detection of the target oligonucleotide.
  • Figure 2 is a graph showing sensor response (EIS for the ferri-ferrocyanide redox reaction on the electrode surface) in the absence (BARE) and presence (CP & DNA) of different target concentrations (100 nM, 200 nM, 2 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ and 20 ⁇ ).
  • the data were fitted to an equivalent circuit model (inset), consisting of solution resistance Ri, a constant phase element Q2, a charge transfer resistance R2 and a Warburg diffusion element (W2) as indicated by the solid line, and changes in a parameter of the fitted model (charged transfer resistance) were used as signals for the detection of the target oligonucleotide.
  • Figure 3 shows FTIR spectra before (I) and after (II) attachment of oligonucleotides (ON) onto A) monomer 38 and B) monomer 22.
  • Figure 4 shows potentiodynamic electrocopolymerisation of A) pyrrole and monomer 50 to form P70 (Py: monomer 50 (50 : 1 mol/mol)) on a glassy carbon (GC) electrode (3 mm), B) monomer 7 and monomer 60 to form P80 (TGThP 7 : ThPhON 60 50 : 1 mol/mol) on a Au electrode ( 1.6 mm) .
  • the electopolymerisation was carried out for 5 cycles at scan rate of 100 mV/s in 1 : 1 PBS/DMF for P80 and 9 : 1 PBS/DMF for P70.
  • Figure 5 shows the current-time trace, following application of a constant potential of +0.8V for electropolymerisation to form copolymers
  • Electropolymerisation was carried out vs. Ag/AgCI for the GC electrode and vs. leak free reference for the gold electrode.
  • Figure 6 shows cyclic voltammograms (CVs) of A) P70 and C) P80 in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) at various scan rates ( 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 mV s "1 ) .
  • the insets show Log of oxidation peak currents (y axis) vs. Log of scan rate (x axis) .
  • Figures 6B and 6D show SEM images of: B) P70 and D) P80.
  • Figure 7 shows Nyquist plots for A) P(PyPhON-co-Py) P70 and B) P(ThPhON-co- ThPhEG) P80 upon hybridization with 1 pM and 1 nM target concentrations, respectively. Spectra after 10, 30, 60 and 90 minutes of incubation are shown.
  • Figure 8 shows Nyquist diagrams of A) P70 and C) P80 electrodes after incubation with increasing concentrations of Non-Hodg kin and PBGB sequence solutions, respectively.
  • Experimental data are presented as symbols and the fitting curves to the equivalent circuit as solid lines.
  • the data were fitted to a Randle's equivalent circuit (inset), consisting of solution resistance Rs, a constant phase element CPE, a charge transfer resistance RCT and a Warburg diffusion element (W) Normalized sensor responses, ARCT/RCT°, of the electrodes modified with B) P70 and D) P80 a re shown versus the logarithm of the target concentration.
  • Figure 9 shows the normalized sensor responses of A) P91 (poly(PyPhON-co-Py), polymer formed from the attachment of the Non-Hodgkin probe to monomer 38 and co-polymerising with pyrrole) and B) P92 (poly(ThPhON-co-ThPhEG), polymer formed from the attachment of the Non-Hodgkin probe to monomer 22 and copolymerising with monomer 7), sensing films upon incubation with non- complementary (Un-comp), a first base mismatched (1-mis; Non-Hodgkin mismatch A of Table 3), a second base mismatched (2-mis; Non-Hodgkin mismatch B of Table 3), and fully complementary (Comp) sequences.
  • P91 electrodes were incubated with 1 pM of the oligonucleotide solutions
  • P92 were incubated with 1 nM of the oligonucleotide solutions.
  • Figure 10 shows the EIS spectra of electrochemically deposited films of A) polymer P63 (labelled 'electrode 2'), B) polymer P64 (labelled 'electrode 1') and C) polymer P65 (labelled 'electrode 3') deposited on different Au electrodes 1-3 respectively, before (empty symbols) and after (solid symbols) incubation of the sensing films with a PBS solution containing two target oligonucleotides (Non-Hodgkin and PBGD genes) at concentrations of 1 pM .
  • a PBS solution containing two target oligonucleotides (Non-Hodgkin and PBGD genes) at concentrations of 1 pM .
  • Polymer P64 carries a Non-Hodgkin lymphoma (Non-Hodgkin) probe, polymer P63 a chronic lymphocytic leukemia (PBGD) probe and polymer P65 a bladder cancer (FGFR3) probe.
  • Non-Hodgkin Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
  • PBGD chronic lymphocytic leukemia
  • FGFR3 bladder cancer
  • FIG 11A shows the cyclic voltammogram (CV) traces in PBS solution, at pH 7.4, of the GC electrodes in the presence of 5mM each of ferri- and ferrocyanide, before (BARE GC, dotted trace) and after (PtNP modified GC, dashed trace) Pt nanoparticle (PtNP) deposition.
  • Optical pictures of GC electrodes before and after Pt nanoparticle deposition are shown in Figures 11B and 11C respectively.
  • Figure 12A shows the CV trace for the ferro-ferricyanide redox reaction in PBS solution at pH 7.4 before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC- PtNP, dotted trace) deposition of conducting polymer (CP) from a solution containing monomer 22 and monomer 7, mole ratio 1 : 50, in PBS only.
  • Figure 12B shows how the EIS spectrum for the ferro-ferricyanide redox changes before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC-PtNP, dotted trace) co- polymerisation of monomer 22 and monomer 7.
  • Figure 12C shows an optical picture of GC electrodes after deposition of the co-polymer of monomers 22 and 7 (50x lens.
  • Figure 13A shows the CV trace for the ferro-ferri cyanide redox reaction in PBS solution at pH 7.4 before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC- PtNP, dotted trace) deposition of conducting polymer from a solution containing monomer 22 and monomer 7 (mole ratio 1 : 50) in PBS also containing 0.1M sodium tosylate (NaTos).
  • FIG. 13B shows optical pictures of GC electrodes after deposition of co-polymer of monomers 22 and 7 (5x lens. Leica optical microscopy). Inset is 50x lens.
  • Figure 14A shows the CV traces of a Pt nanoparticle-activated GC electrode in PBS buffer, at pH 7.4 before exposure (dotted trace), and after 30, 60 and 120 seconds (black trace) of exposure of the electrode to a solution of monomer 60 and monomer 7 (mole ratio 1 : 50) in PBS solution containing 0.1M NaTos.
  • Figure 15 shows the relative change in charge transfer resistance for the redox reaction of ferro/ferricyanide on the conducting polymer film, measured in PBS, pH 7.4, containing 5mM of each of K3Fe(CN)6 and K 4 Fe(CN)6, on a Pt nanoparticle- activated GC electrode after increasing time of exposure to the mixed solution of monomer 60 and monomer 7 in PBS/NaTos followed by washing.
  • the change in charge transfer resistance is expressed with respect to the charge transfer resistance measured in the ferro-ferricyanide solution before exposure of the electrode to the mixed monomer solution.
  • Figure 16A and 18A are Nyquist plots that show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of synthetic E. coli target DNA.
  • the Nyquist plot corresponding to the probe only represents the response observed in the absence of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)).
  • the data points plotted as circles, triangles, diamonds and stars correspond to the electrode responses at 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of the synthetic E.
  • Figure 16B and 18B show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON- Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)).
  • Figures 16C and 18C compare the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) sensing films (Comp) with electrodes comprising P300 sensing films (Non-Comp) (Fig. 16C), and electrodes comprising P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) (Comp.) sensing films and electrodes comprising P400 (Non-Comp) sensing films (Fig. 18C) respectively to ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) present at a concentration of 10 fM.
  • Figure 17A and 19A are Nyquist plots that show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA.
  • the Nyquist plot corresponding to the probe only represents the response observed in the absence of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA
  • the data points plotted as circles, triangles, diamonds and stars correspond to the electrode responses at 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA respectively.
  • Figures 17C and 19C compare the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) sensing films (Comp) with electrodes comprising P300 sensing films (Non-Comp) (Fig. 17C), and electrodes comprising P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) (Complementary) sensing films and electrodes comprising P400 (Uncomplementary) sensing films (Fig. 19C) respectively to extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA present at a concentration of 10 fM.
  • Figure 20A is a Nyquist plot that shows the response of an electrode comprising a P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing film to different concentrations of crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA.
  • the Nyquist plot corresponding to the probe only (indicated by squares) represents the response observed in the absence of E. coli BL21 lysate DNA.
  • Figure 20B shows the response of an electrode comprising a P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG)) sensing film to different concentrations of crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA.
  • Figure 20C compares the response of electrodes comprising P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG)) (Comp.) sensing films and electrodes comprising P400 (Non-Comp) sensing films to crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA present at a concentration of 10 fM.
  • Figure 21 shows the continuous kinetics measurements of the ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) binding experiments performed in the presence of the 5mM [Fe (CN)6 3_/4 ⁇ ] with and without stirring the solution comprising the synthetic E. coli target DNA.
  • the grey bars and the black bars represent lOfM of synthetic E. coli target DNA binding to P200 P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) without mixing (10 fM without mix) the solution and with constantly mixing at 50 rpm (10 fM with mix) respectively.
  • Figure 22 compares the response of sensors based on electrodes comprising PIOO (PyPhON-Py) sensing films and P200 (PyPhON-PyPhEG) sensing films to ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) (10 fM).
  • Figure 23 compares the response of sensors based on electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) sensing films and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films to extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA (10 fM) respectively.
  • Figure 24 compares the response of a sensor based on P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) in the presence of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) (synthetic), extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples (extracted) and crude E.
  • Figure 25 shows the increase in impedance of a screen-printed carbon electrode functionalized with P200 P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) at different concentrations of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) sequence, where the squares correspond to impedance measurements of the functionalised electrode after 20 seconds in the absence of target DNA and upright triangles (*), sideways triangles ( ⁇ ), diamonds and circles correspond to the impedance of the electrode after incubation with 1 fM, 100 fM, 10 pM and 100 pM concentrations of target DNA respectively.
  • Figure 26 compares dose-response for screen printed carbon P200 (poly(PyPhON- PyPhEG) modified Gwent electrodes formed by different electropolymerisation times (5s, 7s, 10s, 15s and 20s represented by squares, circles, triangles pointing up ( ⁇ ) , triangles pointing down )and triangles pointing to the left ( ⁇ ) respectively) after incubation in PBS buffer with 1 fM, 100 fM and 10 pM ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)).
  • alkyl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkyl groups have from
  • straight chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl.
  • branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, isopentyl, and 2,2-dimethylpropyl.
  • alkenyl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond between two carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkenyl groups have from 2 to 10, from
  • alkenyl groups have one, two, or three carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • cycloalkyl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a mono-, bi- or tricyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring(s) .
  • cycloalkyl groups have from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 3 to 7, from 3 to 6, from 4 to 6, from 3 to 5 or from 4 to 5 carbon atoms in the ring(s).
  • cycloalkyl groups have 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
  • Examples of monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • Bi- and tricyclic ring systems include bridged, spiro, and fused cycloalkyl ring systems.
  • Examples of bi- and tricyclic ring cycloalkyl systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, adamantyl, and decalinyl.
  • cycloalkenyl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a non-aromatic mono-, bi- or tricyclic hydrocarbon groups having from 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring(s) and having at least one double bond between two carbon atoms. In some embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups have one, two or three double bonds. In some embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups have from 5 to 12, from 5 to 10, from 5 to 8, or from 5 to 6 carbon atoms in the ring(s). In some embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups have 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms in the ring(s). Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, and hexadienyl.
  • aryl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having from 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the ring(s) and no heteroatoms in the ring(s).
  • Aryl groups include monocyclic, fused bicyclic, and fused tricyclic ring systems. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, fluorenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, indenyl, indanyl, pentalenyl, and naphthyl. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to 12, or from 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring(s).
  • the aryl groups are phenyl or naphthyl.
  • Aryl groups include aromatic-aliphatic fused ring systems. Examples include, but are not limited to, indanyl and tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • heterocyclyl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a non-aromatic ring system containing from 3 to 16 atoms in the ring(s), of which one or more is a heteroatom.
  • the heteroatom is nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the heterocyclyl group contains one, two, three, or four heteroatoms.
  • heterocyclyl groups include mono-, bi- and tricyclic rings having from 3 to 16, from 3 to 14, from 3 to 12, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, or from 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s).
  • Heterocyclyl groups include partially unsaturated and saturated ring systems, for example, imidazolinyl and imidazolidinyl. Heterocyclyl groups include fused and bridged ring systems containing a heteroatom, for example, quinuclidyl.
  • Heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazolidinyl, and trithianyl.
  • heterocyclyl groups have 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
  • heteroaryl employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to an aromatic ring system containing from 5 to 16 atoms in the ring(s) and at least one heteroatom in the ring(s) .
  • the heteroatom is nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or selenium, preferably oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur.
  • heteroaryl groups comprise 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms in the ring(s).
  • heteroaryl groups include monocyclic, fused bicyclic, and fused tricyclic ring systems having from 5 to 16, from 5 to 14, from 5 to 12, from 5 to 10, from 5 to 8, or from 5 to 6 atoms in the ring(s).
  • Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, selenophenyl, benzothiophenyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl (pyrrolopyridinyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinylxanthinyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolin
  • Heteroaryl groups include fused ring systems in which all of the rings are aromatic, for example, indolyl, and fused ring systems in which only one of the rings is aromatic, for example, 2,3-dihydroindolyl.
  • halo or halogen employed alone or in combination with other terms is intended to include F, CI, Br, and I.
  • substituted is intended to mean that one or more hydrogen atoms in the group indicated is replaced with one or more independently selected suitable substituents, provided that the normal valency of each atom to which the substituent/s are attached is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • stable refers to compounds which possess stability sufficient to allow manufacture and which maintain their integrity for a period of time sufficient to be useful for the purposes described herein.
  • electron withdrawing group is intended to mean an atom or a functional group that removes electron density from a conjugated or aromatic ring system via resonance or inductive effects, for example a nitro group.
  • electron donating group is intended to mean an atom or a functional group that donates electron density into a conjugated or aromatic ring system via resonance or inductive effects, for example an alkoxy group.
  • polyether refers to a group of formula -0-(Ci-6alkyl- 0) q -Ci-6alkyl, wherein q is an integer from 2-50.
  • q may be an integer from 2-40, from 2-30, from 2-20, from 2-10, from 2-9, from 2-8, from 2-7, from 2- 6, from 2-5, from 2-4, from 3-50, from 3-40, from 3-30, from 3-20, from 3-10, from 3-9, from 3-8, from 3-7, from 3-6, from 3-5, or from 3-4.
  • polyether alcohol refers to a group of formula -0-(Ci- 6alkyl-0)q-H, wherein q is an integer from 2-50.
  • q may be an integer from 2-40, from 2-30, from 2-20, from 2-10, from 2-9, from 2-8, from 2-7, from 2- 6, from 2-5, from 2-4, from 3-50, from 3-40, from 3-30, from 3-20, from 3-10, from 3-9, from 3-8, from 3-7, from 3-6, from 3-5, or from 3-4.
  • Asymmetric centers may exist in the compounds described herein. Asymmetric centers may be designated as (R) or (S), depending on the configuration of substituents in three dimensional space at the chiral atom. All stereochemical isomeric forms of the compounds, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d-isomers and l-isomers, and mixtures thereof, including enantiomerically enriched and diastereomerically enriched mixtures of
  • stereochemical isomers are within the scope of the invention.
  • the compounds described herein may also exist as conformational or geometric stereoisomers, including c/ ' s, trans, syn, anti,
  • E
  • Z
  • All such stereoisomers and mixtures thereof are within the scope of the invention.
  • tautomeric isomers or mixtures thereof of the compounds described are any tautomeric isomers or mixtures thereof of the compounds described.
  • a wide variety of functional groups and other structures may exhibit tautomerism. Examples include, but are not limited to, keto/enol and
  • salts of the compounds described herein include, acid addition salts, base addition salts, and quaternary salts of basic nitrogen-containing groups.
  • Acid addition salts can be prepared by reacting compounds, in free base form, with inorganic or organic acids.
  • Base addition salts can be prepared by reacting compounds, in free acid form, with inorganic or organic bases.
  • Quaternary salts of basic nitrogen-containing groups in the compounds may be may be prepared by, for example, reaction with alkyl halides.
  • the compounds described herein may form or exist as solvates with various solvents. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di- hydrate, or a tri-hydrate. All solvated forms and unsolvated forms of the compounds described herein are within the scope of the invention.
  • the present invention relates to a polymerisable monomer of formula (1) :
  • the polymerisable monomer comprises a central benzene ring substituted with two heteroaryl ring systems.
  • the heteroaryl ring systems are each independently a pyrrole ring system or a thiophene ring system.
  • the pyrrole ring system is a pyrrole ring and the thiophene ring system is a thiophene ring or 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT) ring .
  • the heteroaryl ring systems may be the same or different.
  • the two heteroaryl ring systems are both pyrrole rings or both thiophene rings.
  • the monomers are capable of polymerising via dehydrogenation of hydrogen atoms at the 5-positions of each the heteroaryl ring systems.
  • the polymerisable monomers may have a polymerisation oxidation potential from about 0 to about 1.0 vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
  • a polymerisation oxidation potential from about 0 to about 1.0 vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
  • M KCI M KCI
  • the inventors have found that in some embodiments polymerisable monomers of the formula (1) have a polymerisation potential of from about 0.6 to about 1.0 vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
  • the polymerisation potential of the monomer is preferably sufficiently low that the probe attached to the monomers is not oxidized during the polymerisation reaction.
  • the heteroaryl ring systems may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more electron withdrawing or electron donating groups. Electron withdrawing or electron donating groups may be selected such that the monomer has a polymerisation potential within a predetermined range, for example from about 0.6 to about 1.0 V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI). In various embodiments R 1 and R 2 together and/or R 3 and R 4 together represent an electron withdrawing group or an electron donating group.
  • R 1 and R 2 and/or R 3 and R 4 may represent a moiety that together with the atoms to which they are attached forms a heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring fused to the pyrrole or thiophene ring system, such as the-OChhCI-teO- moiety present in 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT) .
  • EDOT 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene
  • R 1 and R 4 , R 2 and R 3 , and Z 1 and Z 2 in the heteroaryl ring systems are identical such that the heteroaryl ring systems are identical.
  • the two heteroaryl ring systems are attached to the benzene ring in a 1,4-relationship.
  • the benzene ring of the polymerisable monomer may be substituted with one or two D groups, depending on p.
  • p is 2 and the two D groups are attached to the benzene ring in a 1,4-relationship.
  • D at each instance of p is a group of the formula -L-P x , wherein L is a bond or a linker group, and P x is a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof.
  • the probe is capable of binding one or more nucleic acids in a sequence-specific manner, for example hybridizing with one or more oligonucleotides.
  • the probe may comprise a nucleic acid or a functional analogue thereof, for example a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, polynucleotide or analogue thereof.
  • the probe may comprise a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, or single or double stranded polynucleotide. In various embodiments the probe may comprise a single stranded oligonucleotide or single stranded polynucleotide.
  • a "functional analogue" of a nucleic acid refers to a substrate that differs from the nucleic acid of which it is an analogue, but is capable of binding the same target that the nucleic acid is capable of binding or adapted to bind.
  • a functional analogue may be capable of producing a detectable signal on binding of the target comparable to that provided on binding of the target by the nucleic acidof which it is an analogue, for example at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 97, 98, or 99% of the signal using the nucleic acid of which it is an analogue.
  • the detectable signal produced on binding of a target by a probe may be a measurable change in an electrochemical property of a polymer formed from the polymerisable monomers.
  • functional analogues of nucleic acids include but are not limited to peptide nucleic acids and the like.
  • Functional analogues of nucleic acids can employ any backbone and any sequence capable of resulting in a probe that hybridizes to complementary DNA and/or RNA.
  • suitable backbones include, but are not limited to, phosphodiesters and deoxyphosphodiesters, phosphorothioates and
  • deoxyphosphorothioates 2'-0-substituted phosphodiesters and deoxy analogs, 2'- O-substituted phosphorothioates and deoxy analogs, morpholino, 2'-0-alkyl methylphosphonates, 3'-amidates, MMI, alkyl ethers, in addition to peptide nucleic acids.
  • the probe comprises a single or double stranded nucleic acid, oligonucleotide, or polynucleotide, or an analogue thereof.
  • An oligonucleotide or polynucleotide may comprise from 10 to about 60 nucleotide residues, for example from 10 to about 50, from 10 to about 40, from 10 to about 30, from 10 to about 20, from 15 to about 50, from 15 to about 50, from 15 to about 40, from 15 to about 30, from 13 to about 30, from 15 to about 20, from 20 to about 60, from 20 to about 50, from 20 to about 40, from 20 to about 30, from 30 to about 60, from 30 to about 50, from 30 to about 40, from 40 to about 60, or from 40 to about 50 nucleotide residues.
  • an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide may comprises less than 60, less than 50, or less than 40 nucleotide residues.
  • Probes comprising nucleic acids or analogues thereof are commercially available or may be prepared by methods well known in the art.
  • the probe may be adapted to bind or capable of binding one or more targets other than, or comprising moieties other than, nucleic acids.
  • the probe may comprise an aptamer.
  • Aptamers are single stranded DNA or RNA capable of binding pre-determined targets with both high specificity and affinity, in a manner similar to antibodies.
  • Pre-determined aptamer targets can vary in structure and include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, ions and small molecules.
  • the specificity of the binding of an aptamer may be defined in terms of the dissociation constant Kd of the aptamer for its target. Aptamers can have high affinity with Kd range similar to antibody (pM to nM) and specificity similar/superior to antibody.
  • a probe may be functionalized to facilitate attachment to the benzene ring either directly or via a linker group.
  • Suitably functionalized probes are readily
  • the probe may be amino functionalised, such as the single stranded oligonucleotide probes used in the Examples described below.
  • the linker group is a group that provides spacing between the benzene ring of the monomers, which on polymerisation form the conductive backbone of the polymer, and the probe.
  • the linker group is typically covalently bound to both the benzene ring and the probe.
  • the structure of the linker group is not particularly limited.
  • the linker allows detection of a signal produced on binding of a target by a probe.
  • Suitable linkers include those capable of transducing a detectable signal, such as an electrochemical signal, between the probe and a polymer formed from the monomers on binding of a target by a probe.
  • the linker group may be adapted to locate the probe at a predetermined distance from the conjugated backbone of a polymer formed from the monomers to optimize binding of the target by the probe, for example by hybridizing and/or otherwise interacting through non-covalent bonding and the like. It will be appreciated that there is less steric hindrance on formation of a probe-target complex when a linker is longer. However, transduction of the signal produced on binding of a target by the probe may be reduced using a longer linker. Additionally, longer linkers may cause steric hindrance during polymerisation of the monomers.
  • Linker groups of various lengths can be employed. In some embodiments, the linker group is from about 1 to 15 atoms in length. The atoms of the 1 to 15 atom length of the linker group may be selected from C, N, O, and S, provided that the linker group is stable.
  • the linker group has the formula : -X 1 -[(CH2)m-X 2 ]x-(CH 2 )n-X 3 - wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , m, x and n are as defined herein.
  • the linker is of the formula :
  • X 3 is a functional group through which the probe is attached.
  • the functional group may be formed, as described below, by the reaction of a probe and a monomer containing a linker group precursor that forms the linker group on reaction with the probe. It will be apparent that the functional group may comprise atoms derived from both the probe and the precursor of the linker group.
  • reaction of an amine functionalized oligonucleotide probe with a linker group precursor comprising a carboxylic acid under suitable peptide coupling conditions provides a linker group wherein X 3 is -C(0)NH-.
  • the nitrogen atom of the amide group is derived from the amine group of the amine functionalized probe and the carbonyl group is derived from the carboxylic acid of the linker group precursor.
  • crosslinking reaction used to attach the probe. As described herein, a wide range of crosslinking reactions are suitable.
  • X 3 is -C(0)NH-.
  • the central benzene ring and the two heteroaryl ring systems attached thereto together form a conjugated system comprising alternating single and multiple bonds.
  • conjugation is the interaction of one p-orbital with another across an intervening ⁇ -bond.
  • Polymerisation of the monomers can provide intrinsically conducting polymers - that is, organic polymers that conduct electricity.
  • monomer units are bound together to form a conjugated backbone. Due to the conjugation of the backbone, the polymers are electrically conductive.
  • the polymerisable monomers described herein may be prepared by synthetic routes including processes analogous to those well known in the art, such as those described in the Examples below.
  • the starting materials may be readily available from commercial sources or may be prepared by using methods well known in the art. Synthetic chemistry transformations and methodologies useful for preparing the compounds described herein include those described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations (1989), which is incorporated herein by reference. The method used depends on the structure of the compound. Preparation of the compounds may involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups, can be readily determined by a person skilled in the art.
  • nitrogen protecting groups useful herein include but are not limited to tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), carboxybenzyl (CBz), benzyl, and 2-trimethylsilylethyoxymethyl (SEM).
  • Boc tert-butyloxycarbonyl
  • Fmoc fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
  • CBz carboxybenzyl
  • SEM 2-trimethylsilylethyoxymethyl
  • Protecting groups for protecting reactive functional groups are well known in the art, as are methods for their introduction and removal (see, for example, P. J. Kocienski, Protecting Groups, Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, 1994; and T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed. (1991), both of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • monomers of the formula (1) can be prepared by reacting a probe (P x ) with a monomer of formula (le), wherein FG is a functional group reactive with the probe and L x is a bond or a linker group precursor that forms the linker on reaction with the probe.
  • FG is a group that forms X 3 on reaction with the probe and L x represents the remainder of the linker group.
  • any suitable crosslinking reaction may be used to attach the probe.
  • Suitable crosslinking reactions include those described in the Thermo Scientific Pierce Crosslinking Technical Handbook 2009, Thermo Fisher Scientific.
  • the probe may be functionalized with a suitable reactive functional group.
  • FG in the monomer of formula (le) and the reactive functional group of the probe may be selected from the pairs of reaction partners listed in the following Table 1 to provide monomers of the formula (1) with the X 3 group indicated.
  • Such crosslinking reactions are well known in the art.
  • R v and R w are at each instance independently H or Ci-6 alkyl, preferably H.
  • R c is Ci-6 alkyl, preferably methyl.
  • X 3 may be a group formed by the non-specific reaction of a monomer of the formula ( le) or a probe comprising an azide, for example a phenyl azide, hydroxyphenyl azide, nitrophenyl azide, tetrafl uorophenyl azide, with the other reaction partner.
  • an azide for example a phenyl azide, hydroxyphenyl azide, nitrophenyl azide, tetrafl uorophenyl azide
  • Compounds of formula ( le) may be prepared by coupling the two heteroaryl ring systems simultaneously or sequentially to the central benzene ring .
  • the heteroaryl ring systems may be coupled via a transition metal catalysed cross-coupling reaction, for example a Suzuki reaction.
  • the Suzuki reaction typically involves the cross-coupling of a boronic acid or a boronate ester and a halide in the presence of a palladium(O) complex.
  • a Pd(0) complex such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), may be provided directly to the reaction or may be formed in situ (e.g.
  • compounds of formula (le) may be prepared by coupling a suitable dihalide (lc), such as a dibromide or diiodide, with boronic acids comprising the heteroaryl ring systems (Ida and ldb).
  • a suitable dihalide (lc) such as a dibromide or diiodide
  • boronic acids comprising the heteroaryl ring systems (Ida and ldb).
  • compounds of formula (le) may be prepared by coupling a suitable dihalide (lc) with boronates corresponding to the compounds of formula (Ida) and (ldb) wherein the boronic acid moiety is replaced with a boronate ester (such as a pinacol ester).
  • (Ida) and (ldb) are identical.
  • the Suzuki reaction may be carried out in a liquid solvent in which the boronic acid(s) are soluble, for example ethanol or r?-butanol.
  • the reaction is typically carried out at elevated temperature, for example 70°C or 110°C, until complete.
  • Additives that enhance the rate of reactivity of the palladium complex, for example SPhos, may be included in the reaction mixture.
  • the reaction conditions for the Suzuki reaction may be varied depending on the nature of the other groups present in the molecule, in particular the -L X -FG groups. FG may need to be protected with a suitable protecting group during the Suzuki reaction and then deprotected prior coupling the probe.
  • reaction conditions may be varied for example by increasing the reaction time and/or by adding more (for example, a stoichiometric excess) of one or more or of the reactants to the reaction mixture.
  • a benzene ring 1,4-disubstituted with two protected -L X -FG groups may be treated with iodine, in the presence of Hg(OAc)2, to provide the corresponding 1,4-diiodide (i.e. a diiodide wherein the two iodine atoms are also in a 1,4- relationship).
  • the diiodide may be formed using a mixture of periodic acid and iodine or using iodine monochloride.
  • Other iodination conditions will be apparent to a person skilled in the art.
  • the halogenation conditions used may be varied depending on the nature and/or substitution pattern of the L X -FG groups present.
  • compounds of the formula (lb) may be commercially available or readily prepared by known methods.
  • compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula LG-L m -FG with a compound of the formula (la).
  • Nu is nucleophile and LG is a suitable leaving group.
  • L m is a group that forms L x on displacement of the leaving group by the nucleophile.
  • suitable leaving groups include sulfonates, for example tosyl and triflate groups, and halides, for example iodides and bromides.
  • the nucleophile is an alcohol, amine, or thiol.
  • compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula Nu-L m -FG and a compound of formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with LG.
  • compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula Nu-FG and a compound of formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with a -L m -LG group.
  • Compounds of formula (lb) may also be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula LG-L p -FG and a compound of the formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with a -L°-Nu, and wherein L p and L° are each groups representing a portion of L x which on displacement of the leaving group by the nucleophile combine together to form L x .
  • compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula Nu-L p -FG and a compound of the formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with a -L°-LG.
  • each -L X -FG group may be protected with a protecting group during preparation of the polymerisable monomers.
  • the protecting group used depends on the reactive functional group. As noted above, protecting groups and methods for their introduction and removal are well known in the art. For example, carboxylic acid functional groups may be protected as esters.
  • the nitrogen atom of the pyrrole ring may be protected during synthesis of the polymerisable monomers, for example using a Boc group during the cross-coupling reaction.
  • the reactive functional group of an -L X -FG group in the polymerisable monomers may be reacted to convert the reactive functional group into another reactive functional group for crosslinking with the probe.
  • Methods for the converting reactive functional groups into other reactive functional groups are well known in the art.
  • the products of each reaction in the synthetic sequence may be isolated and/or purified from the reaction mixture by standard methods known in the art or, where possible, used without purification.
  • Polymerisable monomers of the formula (7) as described herein may be prepared by analogous synthetic routes.
  • the central benzene ring is substituted with one or two Y groups, rather than the D groups present in the compounds of formula (1) .
  • the present invention also relates to a conducting polymer comprising a monomer unit of the formula (2)
  • the polymer may be homopolymer comprising just one type of monomer unit or may be a copolymer comprising monomer units of formula (2) and one or more monomer units different to the monomer unit of formula (2).
  • copolymer refers to a polymer comprising two or more, for example three or more, different monomer units - that is, two or more monomer units having different structures. Copolymers of two different monomers may be referred to as bipolymers and copolymers of three different monomers may be referred to as terpolymers.
  • the different monomer units may be randomly distributed throughout the polymer or in an ordered arrangement, for example in the form of blocks, depending on how the copolymer is formed.
  • the one or more monomer units different to the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the copolymers may be a monomer unit of the formula (3), (4), (5) or a mixture of any one or more thereof as described herein. It will be appreciated that these monomer units are derived from monomers of thiophene, pyrrole, and 3,4- ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), respectively. Such monomer units may be present in the polymer in any suitable ratio with the monomer unit(s) of formula (2).
  • the one or more monomer unit different to the unit of formula (2) is a monomer unit of the formula (6)
  • the monomer unit of formula (2) and monomer unit of formula (6) are identical, except for the D and Y groups, which are different.
  • the monomer units of the polymers described herein are linked together to form conjugated backbone.
  • the backbone can comprises pyrrole ring systems, thiophene ring systems, or a mixture of pyrrole and thiophene ring systems.
  • the pyrrole or thiophene ring systems in the backbone are either all pyrrole ring systems or all thiophene ring systems.
  • Such backbones may be easier to form because the polymerisation oxidation potentials of the corresponding monomers are similar.
  • the pyrrole or thiophene ring systems may be the same or different.
  • a polymer backbone wherein the pyrrole or thiophene ring systems are all thiophene ring systems may comprise a mixture of thiophene rings and 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene rings.
  • each Y is independently a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group.
  • groups include polyethers and polyether alcohols, such as polyethylene and polypropylene glycols and glycol ethers.
  • Y is a polyether.
  • protein repellant groups such as polyethylene glycols and glycol ethers in copolymers of the invention are capable of blocking the adsorption of proteins on the surface of the polymer by forming a layer of well-solvated brushes on the surface of the polymer that creates a high activation barrier for proteins to adsorb.
  • the one or more monomer units different to the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the copolymers can provide spacing between monomer units of formula (2), which may reduce steric effects detrimental to formation of probe-target complexes.
  • the ratios of various monomers in the copolymer may be varied to optimize the properties of the polymer for a desired application, for example the ability of probes in the polymer to bind a target or the signal produced on binding of a target by probe, or to optimize solubility in solvents used in sensor preparation .
  • the conducting polymer comprises monomer units of formula (2) and monomer units of the formula (6) in a ratio of from about 10.1 to 1 : 1,000, 10: 1 to 1 : 500, 10 : 1 to 1 : 100, 1 : 1 to 1 : 100, 1 : 1 to 1 : 50, 1 : 1 to 1 : 5, or 1 : 2 to 1 :4, or about 1 : 3.
  • the monomer units of the polymers form a conjugated backbone that enables the polymer to conduct electricity.
  • the ability of the conducting polymers to conduct electricity enables electrochemical detection of the recognition of a target by probes attached to the polymer.
  • the conducting polymers described herein may have a conductivity in S/cm of at least about 1 x 10 "9 .
  • the present invention also relates to a method of making a conducting polymer of the present invention, the method comprising :
  • the present invention also relates to conducting polymers made by the method.
  • Copolymers may be made by copolymerising the monomer of formula (1) and at least one additional polymerisable monomer, for example thiophene, pyrrole, 3,4- ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), or a monomer of the formula (7) :
  • additional polymerisable monomer for example thiophene, pyrrole, 3,4- ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), or a monomer of the formula (7) :
  • Polymerisation may carried out by any suitable method, as described herein.
  • the present invention also relates to a sensor comprising a substrate having a surface coated with a conducting polymer of the invention.
  • the substrate may provide a solid surface that supports the attached coating of the conducting polymer.
  • the substrate may for example be flexible or rigid.
  • the substrate comprises at least one electrode having a surface coated with the conducting polymer. In certain embodiments, the substrate is or consist of an electrode.
  • Signals produced on binding of a target by a probe can be transduced through the conducting polymer to the electrode.
  • changes in the electrochemical properties of the conducting polymer may be measured via the electrode on which it is coated.
  • the substrate comprises a plurality of electrodes, each electrode having a surface coated with a conducting polymer of the invention At least two of the electrodes are coated with conducting polymers having different probes. In various embodiments, each electrode is coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe. The electrodes are separated from each other by an insulating material.
  • the electrodes may be in the form of an array, for example a microelectrode array.
  • An array may comprise a plurality, for example 2-100, 5- 100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60 or 5-50 of electrodes coated with different probes in an ordered arrangement, for example a two dimensional arrangement of columns and rows.
  • Each electrode is independent from the others such that binding a target to a probe of one electrode can be detected independently of any interactions with probes at other electrodes.
  • Processes for the fabrication microelectrode arrays are well known the art including for example photolithography, etching and screen printing.
  • the sample may be in a sample holder or sampling device fabricated onto one or more electrode.
  • the sample may not be in a receptacle or sample holder, but may be retained on the surface of one or more electrodes, for example by the formation of a capillary gap above one or more electrodes.
  • the electrode(s) coated with the conducting polymer(s) may be a gold (screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode.
  • gold screen printed gold
  • platinum platinum
  • carbon e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon
  • stainless steel e.g. stainless steel
  • ITO indium tin oxide
  • doped silicon wafer electrode e.g., silicon wafer electrode.
  • Other suitable electrodes will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Conveniently, arrays of electrodes, such as screen printed carbon electrodes, are readily commercially available.
  • Screen printed electrode(s), such as screen printed carbon electrode(s), useful herein may be surface modified prior to formation of the coating of the conducting polymer(s) by a treatment that increases the sensitivity of the electrode to detection of the target.
  • Suitable surface treatments include but are not limited to laser glazing and plasma treatment.
  • laser glazing using a high-power laser such as an eximer laser converts a screen-printed carbon surface into one resembling glassy carbon.
  • the coating of the conducting polymer is typically in the form of a thin film. In certain embodiments, the thin film is porous.
  • the thickness of the coating or film can range from 1 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 100 to about lOOOnm, for example 20 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 500 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 7500 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 900 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 100 to about 900nm, 250 to about 900nm, for example from about 500 to about 900nm, for example from about 750 to about 900nm, for example from about 100 to about 800, 250 to about 800nm, for example from about 500 to about 800nm, for example from about 7500 to about 800nm, for example from about 100 to 700nm, for example from about 250 to about 700nm, for example from about 500 to about 700nm, for example from about 100 to about 600nm, for example from about 250 to about 600nm, for example from about 500 to about 600nm, for example from about 100 to about 500nm, for example from about 250 to about 500nm
  • the present invention also provides a sensor system comprising a sensor of the present invention and a detector for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, for example a detector capable of detecting binding of the target by the probe.
  • Binding of the target by the probe may be sequence specific.
  • sequence specific binding may be by nucleic acid hybridization.
  • binding may be achieved by hybridization of a target with less than 100% complementarity to the sequence of the probe by hybridizing under stringent conditions.
  • hybridization under stringent conditions may involve hybridization at a specific temperature and salt concentration.
  • the stringent conditions required for hybridization may be determined by hybridizing under less stringent conditions initially and adjusting the conditions as desired until the stringent hybridization conditions are identified.
  • the detector is selected based on the desired detection method.
  • the detector may be capable of measuring an electrochemical property of the conducting polymer.
  • the detector may detect by ampereometry, cyclic voltammetry, conductometry, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, or any other suitable method known in the art.
  • the detector is capable of measuring the impedance of the conducting polymer, for example by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy.
  • the detector may be connected in an electrical circuit with an electrode coated with the conducting polymer - the working electrode - and a counter electrode, and optionally a reference electrode.
  • a sensor for example the substrate of a sensor, or a sensor system may comprise a counter electrode and optionally a reference electrode.
  • the counter electrode and reference electrode if applicable, may be selected based on their compatibility with the working electrode and with the sample and measurement procedure adopted . Suitable counter electrodes and reference electrodes will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • the system may further comprise a positive control.
  • the system may further comprise a positive control sample
  • the system may further comprise a redox couple, such as ferro-ferricyanide.
  • electrochemistry of such redox couples on conducting polymers is sensitively affected by binding of or hybridization of a target with a probe.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of making a sensor comprising : (i) providing a monomer of the formula (1) as defined herein;
  • the present invention also relates to a sensor made by the method.
  • a plurality of monomers of formula (1) may be be polymerised to make a sensor to provide a sensor comprising a plurality of conducting polymers (i.e. a plurality of different conducting polymers) at separate, predetermined locations on a surface of the substrate, such as on a surface of an electrode.
  • a plurality of monomers of formula (1) and one or more additional monomers may be polymerised to make a sensor.
  • Each of monomer of the plurality of monomers differ in structure, each monomer preferably comprising a different probe.
  • Each monomer may be polymerised and the resultant conducting polymer deposited at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location.
  • each monomer may be deposited at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate and polymerised to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location.
  • the monomer or conducting polymer deposited may be in the form of a solution or suspension comprising the monomer or conducting polymer and optionally one or more suitable solvents. Examples of suitable solvents include volatiles organic solvents, such as DMF or THF, and may include a buffer such as PBS. Following deposition, the one or more optional solvents may be removed, for example by evaporation. Where a monomer is deposited, the monomer may be polymerised prior to, during, or after removal of the one or more optional solvents.
  • At least two of the locations are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
  • each location is coated with conducting polymer having different probe.
  • the substrate may comprise a plurality of electrodes. Each location may comprise an electrode and the coating of the conducting polymer at each location may be on a surface of the electrode at that location.
  • Sensors comprising a plurality of conducting polymers with different probes at separate, predetermined locations are capable of simultaneously detecting a plurality of different targets.
  • the separate, predeteremined locations at which the conducting polymers are coated may be selected such that the sensor comprises an array of conducting polymers comprising different probes in an ordered
  • the array may, for example be a DNA microarray.
  • the monomers or polymers may be deposited on the surface by any suitable method. Where a plurality of monomers or polymers are deposited at separate, predetermined locations on the substrate, such as on separate electrodes, the monomers or polymers may be deposited simultaneously or sequentially. For example, an array of pipettes (for example, an array of micropipettes), each pipette comprising a solution of a monomer or polymer bearing a different probe, may be used to simultaneously deposit the monomers or polymers on the surfaces of a corresponding array of electrodes.
  • an array of pipettes for example, an array of micropipettes
  • Polymerisation of the monomers may be carried out by any suitable method, for example chemical oxidative polymerisation or electropolymerisation.
  • the monomers are treated with an extraneous chemical oxidizing agent, such as ammonium persulfate or iron(III) chloride, to oxidise and polymerise the monomers.
  • an extraneous chemical oxidizing agent such as ammonium persulfate or iron(III) chloride
  • the reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, for example nitromethane.
  • Chemical polymerisation is commonly used for the preparation of conducting polymers in solution or bulk solids.
  • the monomers are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide.
  • the oxidant is oxygen in air or oxygen dissolved in a solution of the monomer(s).
  • An oxygen reduction catalyst where the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst where the oxidant is hydrogen peroxide can be used to increase the rate of polymerisation. Any suitable oxygen and hydrogen peroxide reduction catalysts may be used. A large number of such catalysts are known in the art.
  • Suitable catalysts include, but are not limited to, elemental Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; oxides of Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; and carbon, for example carbon nanotubes, fullerines, or graphene; and mixtures any two or more of such catalysts.
  • the catalyst is platinum or palladium.
  • the catalyst may be in any suitable form.
  • the catalyst is in the form of nanoparticles.
  • the polymerisable monomers described herein may have an oxidation
  • the polymerisable monomers are stable to polymerisation by oxygen or hydrogen peroxide in the absence of an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide catalyst for a period of time of at least 4 hours, for example for at least 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42 or 48 hours and useful ranges may be selected from any of these values.
  • the rate of polymerisation in the absence of the catalyst is so slow that no appreciable amounts of polymer are formed over the period of time, for example less than about 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 mol% of the monomer(s) polymerise.
  • Monomers having such stability thus and can be stored in solution for later polymerisation.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 in the monomers stable to polymerisation in absence of the catalyst are each S.
  • a solution comprising the polymerisable monomer(s) and optionally one or more suitable solvents, the oxidant, and optionally the catalyst may be admixed in any order to polymerise the monomers and form a solution or suspension of a conducting polymer, which may then be deposited on the substrate.
  • the oxidant is oxgen
  • the oxidant is hydrogen peroxide an aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide is admixed with the polymerisable monomer(s) and optionally the catalyst.
  • a solution comprising polymerisable monomer(s) and one or more suitable solvents can be deposited on a surface of a substrate or electrode that consists of or comprises the catalyst.
  • the solution comprising the polymerisable monomers further comprises the oxidant.
  • the catalyst catalyses polymerisation of the monomers such that a coating of a conducting polymer is formed on the surface.
  • the monomer solution is deposited on a surface of an electrode consisting of the catalyst, for example a Pt electrode.
  • the monomer solution is deposited on a surface of comprising nanoparticles of the catalyst, for example Pt nanoparticles.
  • nanoparticles may be deposited on the surface by any suitable method.
  • nanoparticles of the catalyst for example Pt nanoparticles, are deposited on a surface of an electrode by electrodeposition or by deposition and evaporation of a colloidal dispersion of the nanoparticles onto the electrode.
  • the rate of polymerisation may be such that carrying out the electroless oxidative polymerisation reaction for a period of time from about 1 to 120 seconds may be sufficient to provide a polymer film having a thickness from about 5 nm to 10 pm, preferably from 5 to lOOnm.
  • polymer film thickness may be controlled, for example by controlling the applied potential and the length of time for which the polymerisation potential is applied and controlling the concentration of the monomer solution.
  • polymer film thickness may be controlled, for example by controlling the concentration of the monomer solution and the length of time for which polymerisation is carried on. Electroless polymerisation may be stopped, for example, by washing away a monomer solution with a solvent that does not dissolve the polymer.
  • Electropolymerisation can be used for deposition of films of conducting polymers on conducting substrates.
  • polymerisation occurs on the surface of an electrode (the working electrode).
  • the conducting polymer forms as a film on the electrode surface.
  • the electrode may be a gold (e.g. screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode.
  • the electrode is contacted with a solution comprising one or more monomers and one or more suitable solvents.
  • the solution may be deposited on a surface of the electrode, or the electrode may be immersed in the solution.
  • the solution may further comprise a buffer, such as PBS.
  • a potential is applied between the working electrode and a counter electrode.
  • a reference electrode may also be empolyed. Suitable counter and reference electrodes will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • any suitable potential may be applied to polymerise the monomers.
  • the electropolymerisation may be carried out at potential from about 0 to about 1.0V vs (Ag/AgCI (3M KCI), for example from about 0.6 to about 1.0.
  • the potential applied is preferably such that the probe attached to the monomers is not oxidized during the polymerisation reaction.
  • Various parameters of the electropolymerisation can be used to control the thickness of the conducting polymer coating and the speed of polymerisation.
  • conducting polymer films can be formed rapidly, in less than 1 second by electropolymerisation at a potential of 0.8V. Such a rapid speed is useful for the production of sensors and sensor arrays on a commercial scale.
  • the inventors have found that in some embodiments conducting polymer films can be formed rapidly, in less than 1 second by electropolymerisation at a potential of 0.8V. Such a rapid speed is useful for the production of sensors and sensor arrays on a commercial scale.
  • the inventors have found that in some embodiments conducting polymer films can be formed rapidly, in less than 1 second by electropolymerisation at a potential of 0.8V. Such a rapid speed is useful for the production of sensors and sensor arrays on a commercial scale.
  • electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ⁇ , preferably between 5nm and lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 10 seconds.
  • a monomer may be deposited on an electrode, and polymerised using, for example a pipette comprising a solution of the monomer and an electrode at the tip of the pipette. The amount of the solution of the monomer is deposited on the surface of the electrode and/or the distance between the tip of the pipette and the surface of the electrode is such that the solution deposited contacts both the tip of the pipetted and the surface of the electrode.
  • the monomer is
  • each pipette comprising a solution of a monomer bearing a different probe, may be used to simultaneously deposit and subsequently polymerise the monomers on the surfaces of a
  • the present invention provides a method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample, the method comprising :
  • the determining step comprises detecting binding of the target when present in the sample.
  • the sensors of the invention may comprise a polymer deposited on the surface of an electrode.
  • One or more monomers of the polymer bear a probe capable of binding or adapted to bind a target.
  • the sensor may be a sensor array comprising a plurality of electrodes, each electrode bearing a different probe, and each capable of binding a different target.
  • Such sensor arrays may be useful as diagnostic tools and in various areas of research, including for example forensics and genome analysis.
  • sample refers to a composition obtained from any source which may comprise a target.
  • a sample may be an environmental, clinical, biological, food, forensic, or other suitable sample.
  • Environmental samples include, but are not limited to, soil, sediment, water, and aerosol samples.
  • a biological sample may be obtained from plants, humans or non-human animals (including vertebrates and invertebrates) .
  • a biological sample may be obtained from microbes (such as cells and viruses).
  • human samples include, but are not limited to, saliva, sputum, feces, tissue, blood, synovial fluid, spinal fluid, serum, and urine samples.
  • a sample may be purified or unpurified and may be treated or processed prior to contacting with the sensor.
  • a sample comprising cells may be treated to lyse the cells and release DNA and other nucleic acids contained therein.
  • a sample may comprise a plurality of targets (i.e. a plurality of different targets).
  • the sample comprises double stranded nucleic acid.
  • the sample comprises genomic nucleic acid.
  • the sample comprises a lysate.
  • the sample comprises a lysate comprising genomic nucleic acid.
  • the lysate may be cell lysate, such as a bacterial cell lysate.
  • a lysate, such as bacterial cell lysate, in addition to nucleic acid, typically comprises protein, lipids, and various other components produced on lysis. Lysis may produce solid components or particles in the lysate, which may be removed, for example by filtration, prior to contacting with the sensor.
  • samples comprising lysates, such as bacterial cell lysates, comprising genomic nucleic acid can be used directly in the methods, systems, and apparatus of the present invention without having to first subject the sample to nucleic acid extraction and/or purification to separate the nucleic acid from other cellular components, such as lipid and/or protein.
  • Nucleic acid extraction and/or purification methods are well known in the art and typically involve multiple processing steps, are time consuming, and require various equipment (for example, centrifuge, refrigerator, etc.).
  • Nucleic acid extraction and/or purification methods may comprise treatment with a proteinase, extraction with one or more organic solvents, precipitation of the nucleic acid, and/or purification and/or isolation of the precipitated nucleic acid.
  • the sample has not been subjected to such nucleic acid extraction and/or purification methods.
  • a lysate as a sample in the present invention, either directly or for example after removal of at least a portion of the solid components or particles produced by lysis, significantly reduces the amount of sample preparation required.
  • the methods, systems, and apparatus can be employed in the field, away from traditional cleanrooms and/or other laboratory facilities necessary for nucleic acid extraction and/or purification, enabling rapid nucleic acid detection on-site.
  • a sample comprising microbes comprising a target nucleic acid may be treated to lyse the microbes and release double stranded nucleic acid, for example genomic nucleic acid, contained therein.
  • a sample comprising double stranded nucleic acid may be heated for a period at a temperature sufficient to dissociate the nucleic acid strands. Heating may be carried out prior to brining the sample into contact with the sensor or while the sample is in contact with the sensor.
  • the dissociated nucleic acid strands are contacted with a sensor of the invention, such as a sensor comprising a probe comprising a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide.
  • Lysing of microbes may be carried out by heating or other suitable means. The heating may be sufficient to lyse the microbes and dissociate the nucleic acid strands of the double stranded nucleic acid released.
  • Various components to facilitate and/or assist in the detection or quantification of a target may be admixed with a sample, for example buffers, redox couples (such as ferri- and ferro-cyanide), and nucleotides, nucleic acids and enzymes for a nucleic acid amplification reaction (for example, polymerase amplification).
  • redox couples such as ferri- and ferro-cyanide
  • nucleotides nucleic acids and enzymes for a nucleic acid amplification reaction (for example, polymerase amplification).
  • the method comprises contacting the sensor or sensor array to a sample which may comprise one or more targets.
  • a sample which may comprise one or more targets.
  • the one or more targets in the sample bind to probe(s) on the surface of the polymer of the sensor, for example by hybridization and/or otherwise interacting through non-covalent bonding and the like. This interaction produces a detectable signal, such as a change in a property of the conducting polymer resulting from a change in the conformation of a probe and/or an electronic property of the probe.
  • Any suitable method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, or binding of a target to a probe may be used. Various methods are known in the art.
  • the inventors believe that the charge transfer resistance (RCT) of the conducting polymer is sensitive to changes in the properties of probes, including changes in the conformation of probes that may result from target binding.
  • a signal produced on a target binding to a probe may be transduced through the probe into the conducting polymer, such that the presence or absence of a target in a sample can be detected by reference to the presence or absence of a detectable change in a property of the polymer.
  • binding of a target by a probe may be detected electrochemically. Binding of a target may result in a change in the electronic structure and/or charge distribution near the surface of the conducting polymer that can be detected electrochemically.
  • changes in the electrochemical properties of the conducting polymer may be measured via the electrode on which the conducting polymer comprising the probe is coated, and the detector detects changes in the impedance of the conducting polymer, for example by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS).
  • EIS electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
  • EIS is sensitive to the interaction of targets with the polymer surface and may be used to monitor changes in interfacial charge transfer resistance (RCT).
  • RCT measurements may be used to determine the amount of one or more targets in a sample, for example by interpolating concentration for a measured RCT from the calibration curve of normalized RCT VS. log c.
  • concentration for a measured RCT is commonly normalized to the RCT value for the film before incubating with the target, denoted as Rcro.
  • the sensor and sensor array of the invention includes probes selected based on their target-specificity.
  • a probe may be capable of binding or adapted to bind a nucleic acid target or a targets other than, or comprising moieties other than nucleic acids, such as when the probe is an aptamer.
  • the probe may be capable of binding or adapted to bind protein, peptide, polypeptide or nucleic acid targets, for example DNA, mRNA, tRNA or rRNA.
  • the probe is a nucleic acid, capable of binding or adapted to bind a nucleic acid target.
  • nucleic acid targets may include for example specific nucleic acid sequences characteristic of bacteria responsible for sexually transmitted diseases, upper respiratory tract infections and food poisoning, viruses such as HIV and nucleic acid sequences that may be indicative of particular types of cancer such as bladder cancer and breast cancer.
  • the probe is an aptamer capable of binding or adapted to bind targets other than, or comprising moieties other than nucleic acids.
  • Aptamers are commercially available or can be produced by a process known as SELEX.
  • the target may be selected from chemicals that mimic hormones, hormones, naturally occurring phytoestrogens, narcotics and metabolites thereof.
  • the non-nucleic acid target is an endocrine disrupting compound, a steroidal sex hormone, or a metabolite or synthetic variant thereof.
  • the non-nucleic acid target is selected from 7p-oestradiol (E2); oestrone; oestriol; androstenedione; testosterone; dihydrotestosterone; pregnenolone; progesterone; 17a-hydroxyprogesterone, 7a-ethynylestradiol; isoflavones; lignans; coumestans; organohalides including organochlorines, polychlorinated organic compounds, polychlorobiphenyl (PCB); alkylphenols; alkylphenol ethoxylates; phthalates; bisphenol-A (BPA); Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane; cholesterol; adenosine; triclosan; or synthetic steroids such as diethylstilboestrol (DES) ; cocaine, heroin and any metabolites thereof.
  • E2 7p-oestradiol
  • oestrone oestriol
  • androstenedione testosterone; dihydrotest
  • the non-nucleic acid target is selected from 17 -oestradiol, testosterone, progesterone, and adenosine.
  • the target may be a hormone or marker of a condition of disease in a body.
  • the probe could be selective for the detection of hormones and/or metabolites to establish fertility, or status in an animal.
  • the probe can be selected for the detection of known markers of disease, for example over-expression of a cancer gene to detect cancer, detection of molecules or substrates associated with infection, or to establish levels of specific metabolites associated with a particular condition.
  • the target may be an ion, such as an ion selected from bromide, cadmium, calcium, cerium, chloride, copper, fluoride, iodide, iron, lanthanum, lead, nitrate, potassium, sodium, strontium, sulphate, and zinc.
  • the sensor may comprise a redox couple, such as ferro- ferriocyanide. Without wishing to be bound by theory the inventors believe that the inclusion of a redox couple in the system may lead to increased sensitivity of target detection.
  • the senor of the invention may be capable of detecting the presence of a target in a sample, wherein the concentration of the target in the sample is less than 10 nM or less than lOfM, for example less than 1 x 10 "9 , 1 x 10 "10 , 1 x 10 "11 , 1 x 10 "12 , 1 x 10 "9 , 1 x 10 "13 , 1 x 10 "14 , 1 x 10 "15 , 1 x 10 "16 , or 1 x 10 "17 M.
  • concentration of the target in the sample can vary.
  • the concentration of the target in a sample is from about 1 x 10 "1 to about 1 x 10 "18 , 1 x lO "2 to about 1 x 10 "18 , 1 x 10 "4 to about 1 x 10 "18 , 1 x 10 "6 to about 1 x 10 "18 , 1 x 10 "1 to about 1 x 10 "17 , 1 x 10 "2 to about 1 x 10 "17 , 1 x 10 “4 to about 1 x 10 "17 , 1 x 10 "6 to about 1 x 10 "17 , 1 x 10 "1 to about 1 x 10 "15 , 1 x 10 "2 to about 1 x 10 "15 , 1 x 10 “4 to about 1 x 10 "15 , 1 x 10 "6 to about 1 x 10 "15 , 1 x 10 "1 to about 1 x 10 "13 , 1 x 10 "2 to about 1 x 10 "13 , 1 x 10 "4 to about 1 x 10
  • the method may comprise one or more amplification steps to increase the
  • the amplification reaction may be a polymerase chain reaction (PCR), for example a real-time nucleic acid amplification such as a real-time polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • RT-PCR real-time polymerase chain reaction
  • the present invention relates to a a method for amplifying a target nucleic acid, and an apparatus and system therefor.
  • real-time nucleic acid amplification reaction contemplates the monitoring in real time of the amplification of nucleic acid, for example by elongation catalysed by a nucleic acid polymerase, for example in a polymerase chain reaction.
  • real-time polymerase chain reaction As used herein and contemplate the monitoring in real time of the amplification of nucleic acid by the polymerase chain reaction.
  • a polymerase chain reaction typically comprises repeated steps of annealing a forward and a reverse probe to a target nucleotide or oligonucleotide, elongation, and dissociation.
  • a polymerase chain reaction typically comprises the repeated steps of annealing a forward and a reverse probe to target nucleic acid, elongation, and dissociation.
  • the PCR of the methods of the invention involves optionally maintaining the reaction volume or PCR reaction mixture for a period and at a temperature sufficient to allow initial dissociation of the target nucleic acid, followed by repeated cycles of maintaining the reaction volume or the PCR reaction mixture for a period and at a temperature sufficient to allow hybridisation of the target nucleic acid to forward and reverse primers, maintaining the reaction volume or the PCR reaction mixture for a period at a temperature sufficient to allow elongation of the forward and reverse primers by polymerisation, maintaining the reaction volume or the PCR reaction mixture for a period at a temperature sufficient to allow dissociation of the nucleic acid duplex, thereby to provide amplified nucleic acid.
  • the reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction will typically include buffers, and nucleotides, particularly nucleotide triphosphates such as dATP, dCTP, dGTP or dTTP.
  • target nucleic acid specificity can be readily achieved by appropriate selection of the nucleic acid primers covalently bound to the electrode and present in the reaction mixture.
  • the present invention provides highly sensitive real-time PCR using electrochemical detection and/or measurement in the presence of one or more redox couples, via an electrode comprising electrochemically-active conducting polymer to which is covalently bound one or more nucleic acid primers.
  • the electrode is present in a reaction volume in which the polymerase chain reaction takes place.
  • the reaction volume comprises an electrochemical cell, such as a miniature electrochemical cell.
  • the electrochemical cell comprises a heat source, such as an embedded heater, and two electrodes, for example two printed carbon electrodes. It will be apparent to a person skilled in the art on reading this specification that one of the electrodes is the working (or detection) electrode, comprising the electrochemically-active conducting polymer and surface bound primer, and the other electrode is the reference or counter electrode.
  • the reaction volume is in the form of a miniature well, such as that present on a microtitre plate.
  • the invention provides multiple reaction volumes, for example multiple wells, having a single heater or thermocycler.
  • each reaction volume, for example each well is individually addressable and may be configured to amplify the same target sequence thereby to achieve redundancy of measurement for improved accuracy, or to amplify a different target sequence thereby to have multiple analyte capability.
  • the real-time PCR system comprises multiple reaction volumes provided with a corresponding heating portion and a detector for detecting the impedance of the first electrode.
  • each reaction volume is provided with a controller for controlling temperatures of the individual heating regions independently with high accuracy.
  • the reaction volumes for PCR reactions are desirably in the form of microcavities.
  • the reaction volume is in the nanolitre volume range, so as to allow for extremely high density arrays of reaction volumes.
  • the reaction volume is associated with a Peltier element to perform heating, cooling, and/or temperature control.
  • the detection electrode is prepared as follows: the electrochemically-active copolymer is prepared in colloidal suspension by chemical oxidation or electroless oxidative polymerisation, optionally in the presence of one or more templating agents to maximize the ratio of surface to volume and control the microstructure in the final deposit through control of size and shape of the colloidal particles.
  • the electrochemically-active conducting polymer comprises one or more nanotubes, nano wires, or similar nano-scale structures. The polymer is separated by centrifugation, and washed then resuspended in buffer. The polymer with attached primer is then deposited onto the carbon working electrode by micropipette or by electrochemical printing.
  • Other methods for preparing substrates comprising electrochemically-active conducting polymers are well known in the art, and are amenable to use in the preparation of the electrodes of the present invention.
  • the present invention recognizes that during real time PCR, the composition of the solution steps in a defined way from one cycle to the next. Therefore, signal correlated with a step is derived specifically from the effect of the presence of the nucleic acid target. Since the concentration of target in the solution approximately doubles in each step, the steps are clear and distinct and progress in a well-defined way, and are clearly separable from any general, non-specific drift in the electrochemical properties of the electrode interface.
  • a further advantage is that the high-temperature stage, at 95°C, dissociates nucleic acid from the electrode surface and thus Vesets' the surface. Thus, immediately after this step, the surface is in a defined initial condition of un-hybridised primer/probe.
  • the present invention allows specific detection and quantification of target nucleic acid in a small number of cycles -that is, in a time that is significantly shorter than that required for detection and quantification using other methods, such as optical fluorescence methods.
  • Polymers formed either by chemical polymerisation or electropolymerisation were characterised using cyclic voltammetry, UV-visible spectroscopy and by
  • Cyclic voltammetry was used to evaluate the potential at which polymerisation occurs and to investigate the electroactivity of the polymers formed. Unless indicated otherwise, in the case of polymerisation, CV was performed in the
  • UV-Visible spectroscopy was carried out using a Shimadzu Spectrophotometer (Model UV-1700) through the dissolution of the polymer in CH2CI2.
  • the polymer solution was diluted to an absorbance value below 0.05 to prevent self-quenching.
  • Conductivity was measured using a Jandel 4-pin probe. 250 mg of polymer was pressed into a tablet and conductivity was measured by pressing the 4-point probe into the pellet, unless indicated otherwise.
  • 1.6 mm diameter gold disk (MF-2014), 1.6 mm diameter Platinum disk (MF-2013), 3 mm diameter glassy carbon (GC) (MF-2012), standard Ag/AgCI (MF-2052) and platinum (Pt) wire electrodes were purchased from BASI.
  • Leak-free Ag/AgCI (ET072) electrode was purchased from Warner Instruments.
  • Gold, GC and Pt electrodes were employed as working electrodes (WE) whereas standard Ag/AgCI and leak-free electrodes were used as the reference electrodes (RE) and Pt wire was used as the counter electrode (CE).
  • Pt, gold and GC electrodes were polished before use using 0.5 ⁇ alumina slurry and were then ultra-sonicated in ethanol and deionized water (Milli-Q) for 5 minutes each.
  • Screen printed carbon electrodes were from DropSense (type DRP150).
  • PBS buffer was prepared by dissolving phosphate buffered saline tablets in 200 mL of deionised water (Milli-Q, 18.2 ⁇ . ⁇ (at 25°C)), stored in the freezer at -18 °C and degassed for 10 minutes before use.
  • a Bio-Logic bio-potentiostat was employed for electropolymerisation in example 7 .
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgS0 4 ) and solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (3 : 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 2 (2.630 g, 86%) as a red oil.
  • RF 0.2, 3 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes.
  • Compound 7 was prepared by two procedures - A and B.
  • the mixture was placed under an atmosphere of nitrogen, degassed by freeze-thaw- cycling, sealed and heated at 110 °C in a pressure tube for 20 h.
  • the resulting mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH2CI2 (10 mL), filtered through a silica plug and the solvent removed in vacuo.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (3: 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 7 (0.151 g, 58%) as a brown oil.
  • this example describes the synthesis of 6,6'-((2,5- di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 22, a monomer comprising two carboxylic acid groups.
  • the resulting solution was placed under an atmosphere of nitrogen, degassed by freeze-thaw-cycling, sealed and heated at 80 °C in a pressure chamber for 24 h.
  • the resulting mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (10 mL) and filtered through a silica plug then purified by flash chromatography (3: 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield the protected pyrrole product 34 (0.243g, 80%) as a green oil.
  • This example describes the preparation and use of a polymer of the invention for DNA sensing.
  • probe DNA sequence 100 ⁇ of a 1000 ⁇ solution of probe DNA sequence (see Table 2) was added to the solution and mixed at the same temperature for another 90 minutes to conjugate the probe to the monomer.
  • the final concentration of compounds were: 50 ⁇ probe DNA, 100 ⁇ monomer, 200 ⁇ NHS-EDC each and 0.0075% PSS (v/v PSS: PBS/DMSO) with a final pH of 6.0.
  • Table 2 DNA sequences (FGFR3) for the probe and the target used in the DNA sensing experiments.
  • the probe and target oligonucleotide sequences used in this example were single stranded oligonucleotides (ssONs).
  • the monomer with the probe DNA attached was then polymerised on Pt electrodes without further purification.
  • Electrodeposition was performed using a pulse growth technique applying 0.8 V potential for 2 pulses (25 ms per pulse). Upon polymerisation, the electrode was washed with Milli-Q water to remove excess unreacted monomer and DNA.
  • Electrodeposition of the conducting polymer-DNA complex was confirmed by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) measurements in the presence of 5 mM K 3 [Fe(CN) 6 ] and K 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] ⁇ 3H 2 0.
  • EIS electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
  • Target hybridization led to 79% change of the charge transfer resistance of the polymer, which confirms the effective detection of target sequence.
  • the sensitivity of the fabricated sensor was investigated by measuring the sensor EIS response following the addition of different concentrations of the target DNA shown in Table 2 above. The results are shown in Figure 2.
  • oligonucleotides of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (PBGD), bladder cancer (FGFR 3) and non-Hodgkin lymphoma (Non-Hodgkin) were purchased from Alpha DNA. Sequences are provided in Table 3. The probe and target oligonucleotide sequences used in this example were single stranded oligonucleotides (ssONs).
  • Oligonucleotide 24 base sequence from 5' to 3'
  • Non-Hodgkin target I CGAGA I 1 I C I C I G I AGC I AGACC (SbQ ID NO: b)
  • Non-Hodgkin mismatch A I CGAGA I 1 1 C 1 CAG 1 AGC 1 AGACC (SbQ ID NO: 5)
  • Non-Hodgkin mismatch B I CGAGA I 1 I C I C I C I AGC 1 AGACC (SbQ ID NO: /)
  • oligonucleotide probe solution in PBS pH : 7.5
  • PBS pH : 7.5
  • the final solution contained 250 ⁇ of oligonucleotide (ON), 50 ⁇ of the
  • FTIR spectra of the monomers prior to and post attachment were recorded.
  • the FTIR spectra were collected between 400-4000 cm -1 using a Bruker Vertex 70 spectrometer in absorbance mode.
  • 100 ⁇ of a stock solution of monomers 38 and 22 200 ⁇ in tetrahydrofuran (THF) were pipetted into a plastic 1.5 ml eppendorf tube.
  • the solution was carefully pipetted onto the sample compartment of a diamond attenuated total reflection (ATR) cell, then allowed to sit until the THF completely evaporated and the monomers precipitated onto the diamond.
  • ATR attenuated total reflection
  • FTIR spectra of the monomers post-oligonucleotide probe attachment were collected by dissolving the dried samples in 100 ⁇ of THF, pipetting the solution onto the sample compartment of the FTIR diamond, waiting for the THF to evaporate, and then recording the spectrum.
  • Oligonucleotide coupling of monomer 38 with the Non-Hodgkin probe and monomer 22 with the PBGD probe was confirmed by FTIR.
  • DMF dimethyl formamide
  • the final solution contained 10 ⁇ of monomer 60 (or monomer 50), 500 ⁇ of TGThP 7 (or pyrrole), and 0.1 M sodium para-toluene sulfonate in 2 ml of DMF / PBS (1 : 1) mixture.
  • the calculated ratio of the oligonucleotide-grafted monomers to either TGThP 7 or pyrrole was 1 : 50 mol/mol.
  • the monomers were co-polymerised onto a 2 mm diameter gold disk electrode (BASI) in the case of monomer 60 and onto a 3 mm diameter GC electrode in the case of monomer 50, in a 3-electrode electrochemical cell containing a leak- free Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) reference electrode (+0.242 V vs. standard hydrogen electrode SHE) and Pt wire counter electrode, by applying 0.8 V until 3.0 ( ⁇ 0.5) pC charge was passed, which took approximately 0.5 s.
  • the fabricated sensing electrodes comprising copolymers P70 and P80 functionalised with oligonucleotides were tested by incubating the electrodes in solutions of increasing concentration of the complementary target seq uences (5 " GCGGAAGAAAACAGCCCAAAGATG 3 ⁇ (SEQ ID NO : 9), the PBGD target oligonucleotide sequence) for copolymer P80 and (5 TCGAGATTTCTCTGTAGCTAGACC 3' (SEQ ID NO: 5), the Non-Hodgkin target oligonucleotide sequence) for copolymer P70.
  • the incubation (hybridization) was performed at 42°C for 60 minutes for each ta rget concentration .
  • the electrodes were washed with deionised water (Milli Q, 18.2 MOhm.cm), followed by PBS (pH 7.4) and electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) measurements were carried out in the presence of K3[Fe(CN)6] and K 4 [Fe(CN)6] (5 mM each) redox couple.
  • EIS curves were fitted with a Randle's equivalent circuit, as shown in the inset of Figure 8B and 8D, where R S represents solution resistance, CPE a constant phase element, RCT the charge transfer resistance and W the Warburg diffusion element.
  • the obtained values of RCT were normalised to the Rcro (RCT for the film before incubation with the target oligonucleotide-containing solutions), and plotted in dependence on log [c(oligonucleotide)] .
  • EIS electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
  • FIG. 8A and 8C show impedance diagrams for copolymer P70 and copolymer P80 electrodes respectively, in PBS (pH : 7.4) containing [Fe(CN)6] 3"74" (5 mM each), incubated with increasing concentration of the complementary target solutions.
  • the fully non-complementary target was a 24 base sequence of the PBGD target (see Table 3).
  • 1 pM concentrations of the oligonucleotides were used, while for P92 sensing films, 1 nM solutions of each oligonucleotide were used .
  • the different concentrations were chosen from the high concentration region of the linear ranges of the sensor responses, which were different for each sensor as shown in Figures 7A and 7B).
  • This example shows a process for fabrication of sensing films that involves simultaneous sensing film deposition and probe immobilisation on the electrode surface.
  • This procedure can be adapted for fabrication of gene array sensors comprising a 'library' of oligonucleotides pre-attached to monomers that can be immobilised onto electrode surfaces.
  • Monomers carrying three different oligonucleotide probes - sequences from Non-Hodgkin (monomer 61), PBGD (monomer 60) and FGFR3 (monomer 62) were synthesised by reacting monomer 22 with each of the probe sequences shown in Table 3.
  • Monomers 60, 61, and 62 were then copolymerised with monomer 7 to give the resulting copolymer thin films P63, P64 and P65 respectively, each of which were deposited on different gold electrodes.
  • These sensing films were incubated with a PBS solution containing two target oligonucleotides at concentrations of 1 pM for each of Non-Hodgkin and PBGD genes ( Figure 10).
  • a small change was observed in the EIS spectrum of the sensing film carrying the sequence probe complementary to FGFR3 (ca. 1%).
  • This example shows the polymerisation of monomers on a carbon surface using electroless oxidative polymerisation in the presence of a Pt nanoparticle catalyst.
  • FIG. 11A shows the CV trace of the GC electrodes before and after Pt nanoparticle deposition.
  • Figures 11B and 11C show optical pictures of the electrodes before and after deposition respectively.
  • This example shows the polymerisation of monomers on a screen-printed carbon electrode using electroless oxidisation in the presence of a Pt nanoparticle catalyst, and the use of the modified electrode to detect hybridization of a complementary sequence.
  • the DRP150 screen printed electrode assemblies from DropSense that were used for this proof-of-principle demonstration comprise a central carbon disc working electrode, a surrounding arc of Ag/AgCI normally used as a reference electrode, and a further surrounding arc of carbon as the counter electrode. These were operated as a two-terminal system, utilizing only the two carbon electrodes.
  • a dispersion of platinum nanoparticies in ethanol was prepared as follows. 2.4 mg of K2PtCl6 was dissolved in 5 ml. of distilled water (5 ⁇ ) and stirred under nitrogen for 15 min at 1000 rpm. Then, 20 ⁇ _ of a 2 M NaBH 4 solution in triethylene glycol dimethyl ether (40 ⁇ ) was added in one shot. A dark precipitate appeared immediately. The mixture was stirred at 1000 rpm for a further 15 min under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was sonicated, centrifuged, and the supernatant solution was removed. The Pt nanoparticies (PtNPs) were then washed with ethanol and centrifuged. They were then suspended in ethanol and sonicated for 10 minutes prior to use. For the activation of printed carbon electrodes, 5 ⁇ of PtNP dispersion in ethanol was dropped onto each working electrode. The solvent completely evaporated within 30 seconds.
  • Electrodes were then incubated with a lxlO "12 M solution of the complementary sequence, in PBS containing ferro-ferri cyanide at 42°C for lhr.
  • Incubation with non-complementary sequence (lpM) gave 7%.
  • This example demonstrates the use of two copolymers, PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)), comprising a ssON F1630 probe in sensors for the detection of (i) synthetic E. coli DNA and (ii) extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA.
  • the ssON probe was 5' NH2-(CH2)6-CTAGTTTAGACAGCTAGGAAGG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • the E. coli BL21 genome (GenBank CP001509.3) contains a sequence ( CTAGTTTAG AC A (SEQ ID NO: 11)) that is 100% identical to the 5' region of the ssON F1630 probe.
  • the ssON F1630 probe and target DNA sequences and the Non-Hodgkin ssDNA probe sequences used in this and subsequent examples were sourced from Alpha DNA.
  • Monomer DNA attachment was carried out as follows. All the solvents were degassed by flushing with N2 into the reaction vessel for 10 minutes prior to use. 100 ⁇ _ of the monomer 38 stock solution (200 ⁇ in tetrahydrofuran (THF)) was pipetted into a plastic 1.5 ml. eppendorf tube. 100 ⁇ _ of PBS (pH 6.5) containing EDC (20 mM) and NHS (10 mM) was added to the eppendorf tube. The solution was gently shaken under N2 in the dark for 1 hour at 28°C. An additional 100 ⁇ _ of THF and 100 ⁇ _ of 1 mM ssON F1630 probe solution (5' NH 2 -(CH 2 )6-
  • CTAGTTTAGACAGCTAGGAAGG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 4)) in PBS (pH : 7.5) were then added to the eppendorf tube and the solution was mixed for another 2 hours at 28°C, under N2, in the dark.
  • the final solution contained 250 ⁇ of oligonucleotide (ON), 50 ⁇ of the monomer, 5 mM of EDC and 2.5 mM NHS in total of 400 pL of THF/PBS (pH : 7) 1 : 1 solution.
  • THF was then removed under vacuum or by flushing with N2 and the remaining aqueous solution was centrifuged at 12500 rpm for 10 minutes.
  • the supernatant solution (containing unreacted NHS, EDC and unbound oligonucleotides) was removed by carefully pipetting it out and the solid residue was washed with excess PBS (pH 7.4) and centrifuged again for another 10 minutes. The supernatant was once more carefully removed by pipetting it out and the precipitate was dried under vacuum.
  • the sample of the product monomer 80 was kept in the freezer at -18°C unless used immediately. The sample was used within 2 days of preparation.
  • Monomer 90 was prepared in the same manner as described above for monomer 80, except with single-stranded Non-Hodgkin probe sequence (5' N H2-(CH2)6- GGTCTAGCTACAGAGAAATCTCGA 3' (SEQ ID NO: 1)) attached to monomer 38 instead of the ssON F1630 probe.
  • PlOO and P200 were formed by polymerising 10 ⁇ of monomer 80 with 500 ⁇ pyrrole (for PlOO) and 10 ⁇ of monomer 80 with 500 ⁇ of monomer 33 (for P200) respectively, via applying 0.8 V potential for 0.5s in a three terminal electrochemical cell where glassy carbon (GC) was the working electrode, platinum (Pt) coil was the counter electrode (CE) and leakless Ag/AgCI was the reference electrode (RE). Upon polymerisation electrodes were removed from the solution immediately and washed with PBS (pH : 7.4).
  • P300 and P400 were formed in the same manner as described above, except that 10 ⁇ of monomer 90 was polymerised with 500 ⁇ pyrrole (for P300) and 10 ⁇ of monomer 90 was polymersied with 500 ⁇ of monomer 33 (for P400) respectively.
  • the electrodes were kept in PBS at 42 °C for 1 hour.
  • EIS measurements were performed in PBS containing K3[Fe(CN)6] and K 4 [Fe(CN)6] (5 mM each) redox couple in a three terminal electrochemical cell again where, depending on the experiment, PIOO, P200, P300 or P400 on glassy carbon electrode was the working electrode (WE), Pt coil was counter electrode (CE) and leakless Ag/AgCI was the RE.
  • WE working electrode
  • CE counter electrode
  • leakless Ag/AgCI was the RE.
  • a frequency range 100 kHz-O. lHz was scaned at an applied bias potential of 0.23V using leakless Ag/AgCI RE.
  • the EIS curves were fitted with a Randle's equivalent circuit (identical to that shown in the inset of Figure 8), where R S represents solution resistance, CPE a constant phase element, RCT the charge transfer resistance and W the Wa rburg diffusion element.
  • the obtained values of RCT were normalised to the RCTO (RCT for the film before incubation with the target oligonucleotide-containing solutions) .
  • BL21 strain of Escherichia coli was g rown in 2.5 ml. lysogeny broth (LB) for 18 h .
  • Bacteria in the LB medium were transferred to PCR tubes and lysed by heating at 95 °C for 5 min using a PCR thermo cycler.
  • Crude bacterial lysate was prepa red by diluting this heated preparation using phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.4) to 6 x lO 8 cfu/mL (equivalent to lpM of genomic DNA assuming 1 DNA per bacterium) then passing this mixture through a 0.22 ⁇ filter and diluting further as required using phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.4) .
  • Genomic E.coli DNA was obtained using commercially available DNA extraction kits (in general : bacterial lysis which may be followed by digestion with proteinase K, then extraction of DNA with phenol/chloroform/isoamyl alcohol and precipitation of DNA with sodium acetate and isopropanol) .
  • Synthetic E. coli DNA target sample preparation The synthetic E. coli ssDNA that was used in the DNA sensing experiments in the examples herein is the F1630 sequence, 5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10).
  • the synthetic E. coli DNA target samples used in the DNA sensing experiments in this example were prepared as follows. Synthetic E. coli DNA target sequence (F1630 sequence, 5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) was purchased from Alpha DNA in dried/solid state and dissolved in PBS (pH : 7.4) to a concentration of ImM at room temperature. The stock solution obtained was further diluted to lower concentrations using PBS (pH : 7.4) as necessary.
  • Electropolymerisation and treatment before target incubation of PlOO, P200, P300 and P400 sensing films was carried out as described above.
  • 50 ⁇ _ of the ImM stock solutioncomprising the synthetic E. coli DNA target prepared as described above was transferred onto electrodes comprising PlOO (P(PyPhON-Py), P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG), P300 or P400 and the electrodes were sealed with parafilm.
  • Each electrode was immediately transferred to the water bath and kept at 42°C for 1 hour. After that time, electrodes were washed with PBS and the EIS measurement was performed. After the measurement, each electrode was washed with PBS again. The electrodes were then incubated in increasing concentrations of 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of the ssON F1630 target solution.
  • Figures 16A-C and 18A-C relate to PlOO
  • Figures 16C relate to PlOO and P300
  • Figures 18A-B relates to P200
  • Figure 18C relates to P200 and P400.
  • Electropolymerisation and treatment before target incubation of PlOO, P200, P300 and P400 sensing films was carried out as described above.
  • 100 ⁇ _ of the extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA target sample was kept at 95 °C for 5 min in order to denature the double-stranded DNA into single-stranded DNA.
  • 50 ⁇ _ of the resultant dissociated solution (100 aM) was quickly transferred onto electrodes comprising either the PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py) sensing film or the P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG), P300 or P400 and the electrodes were sealed with parafilm. Electrodes were immediately transferred to the water bath and incubated at 42°C for 1 hour.
  • each electrode was washed with PBS and EIS measurement was performed. After the measurement, each electrode was washed with PBS again and the electrodes were then incubated in increasing concentrations of 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of the extracted genomic BL21 DNA target solution prepared as described above.
  • Figures 17A-C and 19A-C relate to PIOO
  • Figures 17C relate to PIOO and P300
  • Figures 19A-B relates to P200
  • Figure 19C relates to P200 and P400.
  • Sensing electrodes were prepared by electropolymerisation of PyPhON (monomer 80) and PyPHEG (monomer 33) (10 ⁇ : 500 ⁇ ) to give P200 (PyPHON-PhEG), and electropolymerisation of monomer 90 with monomer 33 (10 ⁇ : 500 ⁇ ) to give P400.
  • Polymerisation was carried out onto a glassy carbon electrode by applying 0.8 V potential for 0.5s in a 3-terminal electrochemical cell where the glassy carbon electrode was the working electrode, platinum (Pt) coil was counter electrode (CE) and Ag/AgCI (3M NaCI) was reference electrode (RE).
  • the electropolymerisation solution contained either monomer 80 and monomer 33 (10 ⁇ : 500 ⁇ ) and 0.1M NaTos in DMF: PBS (1 : 1) or monomer 90 and monomer 33 (10 ⁇ : 500 ⁇ ) and 0.1M NaTos in DMF: PBS (1 : 1) .
  • the electrodes were removed from the solution immediately and washed with PBS (pH : 7.4). 3 cycles of CV performed in PBS (pH : 7.4) between 0-0.3V for the stabilization of the conducting polymer-immobilised-electrodes.
  • Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy was performed in a phosphate-buffered saline solution containing 5mM each of potassium ferrocyanide and potassium ferricyanide. After the hybridization, electrodes were washed with PBS and EIS measurement was performed. After the measurement, each electrode was washed with PBS again. The same procedure was applied for the consecutive target concentrations.
  • Figure 20 shows the signal observed for the range of concentrations of tested E. coli lysate, expressed as molar concentrations. The control measurement gave a smaller, non-specific signal.
  • This example shows the kinetics of detecting synthetic E. coli ssDNA (i.e. 5'
  • CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) in a sample prepared according to the synthetic E. coli target sample preparation method described above, using an electrode comprising a P200 sensing film.
  • Electropolymerisation and treatment before target incubation was performed as mentioned earlier.
  • the electrode comprising the P200 sensing film was carried in a 9.9 ml PBS solution containing 5mM [Fe (CN)6 3_/4_ ] at 42 °C. The temperature was checked with a thermometer. EIS measurement was performed in a three terminal electrochemical cell where P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) was the working electrode (WE), Pt coil was the counter electrode (CE) and leakless Ag/AgCI was the reference electrode (RE). The first measurement was performed in a target free solution. Then 100 ⁇ _ of the target solution (synthetic E.
  • coli F1630 ssDNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3') (SEQ ID NO: 10) target sample as described for example 13 above) was injected in the solution to give a final concentration of 10 fM and EIS measurements were taken at 42 °C.
  • EIS measurements were carried out in two ways, the first being one in which the target solution was unmixed, and the second being mixing of the target solution constantly at 50 rpm, apart from when the measurements were taken. EIS measurements were performed every 5 min.
  • Figure 21 shows the results of these kinetics EIS measurements.
  • This example compares the responses of sensors based on PlOO (P(PyPhON-Py) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) to synthetic E. coli F1630 ssDNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) samples and extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples prepared according to the method described in example 13 respectively.
  • Figures 22 and 23 show that sensors comprising P200 showed stronger responses to both the synthetic ssON F1630 target ( Figure 22) and extracted genomic BL21 bacterial DNA target ( Figure 23) than the sensors comprising PlOO.
  • This example compares the responses of sensors based on P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG)) to synthetic E. coli DNA samples (synthetic), extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples (extracted) and crude BL21 E. coli lysate DNA samples (crude bacterial) prepared according to the method described in example 13 and crude BL21 E. coli DNA lysate prepared according to the method described in example 14.
  • Figure 24 shows the result of this experiment.
  • the sensor based on P200 has the strongest response to extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples.
  • This example shows DNA sensing using a conducting polymer film made by electropolymerisation onto screen-printed carbon electrodes.
  • CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) solutions prepared as described for example 13 above at 42°C for lh. EIS were measured after polymerisation and incubation with target solutions.
  • Figure 25 shows that there is a systematic increase of impedance caused by hybridisation of the target sequence (synthetic E. coli DNA target (5'
  • CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10) to the electrode. Sensitivity to very low concentrations of target is evident.
  • Figure 26 also shows the effect of polymerisation time on DNA sensing using- P500 (p(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) modified Gwent electrodes after incubation in PBS buffer with 1 fM, 100 fM and 10 pM synthetic E. coli DNA target sample (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) .
  • the results show that the sensor response can be optimised by depositing varying amounts of the P(PyPhON- PyPhEG) (P500).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Clinical Laboratory Science (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention generally relates to the field of conducting polymers. More specifically, the present invention relates to polymerisable monomers comprising a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof, conducting polymers comprising monomer units of such monomers, and methods of making such polymers. The present invention also relates to sensors comprising the polymers, sensor systems comprising the sensors, methods of making the sensors, and methods for determining the presence or absence or amount of targets employing the sensors. The present invention also relates to methods, systems and apparatuses for amplifying nucleic acids employing the conducting polymers.

Description

CONDUCTING POLYMERS AND USES THEREOF
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention generally relates to the field of conducting polymers. More specifically, the present invention relates to polymerisable monomers comprising a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof, conducting polymers comprising monomer units of such monomers, and methods of making such polymers. The present invention also relates to sensors comprising the polymers, sensor systems comprising the sensors, methods of making the sensors, and methods for determining the presence or absence or amount of targets employing the sensors. The present invention also relates to methods, systems and apparatuses for amplifying nucleic acids employing the conducting polymers.
BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
Over the last two decades the use of biosensors in the detection of biological targets such as nucleic acids has become a rapidly-expanding area of research worldwide.
Biosensors have potential applications in a number of fields including drug delivery, biomedical devices and medical diagnostics. Improvements in the understanding of sensor-target interactions have allowed for the preparation of improved sensor systems for use in such applications. However, many sensors are still limited by their sensitivity, selectivity, ease-of-preparation and/or ease-of-use.
There is an ongoing need for sensors capable of detecting targets such as nucleic acids. It is an object of the present invention to go some way to meeting this need; and/or at least provide the public with a useful choice. In this specification where reference has been made to patent specifications, other external documents, or other sources of information, this is generally for the purpose of providing a context for discussing the features of the invention. Unless specifically stated otherwise, reference to such external documents is not to be construed as an admission that such documents, or such sources of information, in any jurisdiction, are prior art, or form part of the common general knowledge in the art. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In a first aspect the present invention broadly consists in a polymerisable monomer of formula (1) :
Figure imgf000003_0001
(1) wherein p is 1 or 2;
R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an electron withdrawing group and an electron donating group; or
R1 and R2 together and/or R3 and R4 together represent an electron withdrawing group or an electron donating group that together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five or six membered ring;
D at each instance of p is independently a group of the formula -L-Px, wherein L is a bond or a linker group, and Px is a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof;
Z1 and Z2 are each independently S or NRa; and
Ra at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
In a second aspect the present invention broadly consists in a conducting polymer comprising a monomer unit of the formula (2) :
Figure imgf000003_0002
(2) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined in the first aspect.
In a third aspect the invention broadly consists in a method of making a conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, the method comprising : (a) providing a polymerisable monomer of the formula (1) as defined in the first aspect, and
(b) polymerising the monomer to provide a conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect.
In a fourth aspect the present invention broadly consists in a conducting polymer made by a method as defined in the third aspect.
In a fifth aspect the present invention broadly consists in a method of making a sensor comprising :
(i) providing a monomer of the formula (1) as defined in the first aspect;
(ii) providing a substrate; and (iii) polymerising the monomer of the formula (1) as defined in the first aspect to provide a conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect and depositing the conducting polymer on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate; or
(iii) depositing the monomer of the formula (1) as defined in the first aspect on a surface of the substrate and polymerising the monomer to provide a coating of a conducting polymer as described in the second aspect on the surface of the substrate.
In a sixth aspect the present invention broadly consists in a sensor comprising a substrate having a surface coated with a conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect. In a seventh aspect the present invention broadly consist in a sensor system comprising a sensor as defined in the sixth aspect and a detector for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, for example a detector capable of detecting binding of a target by a probe. In an eighth aspect the present invention broadly consists in a method for amplifying a target nucleic acid, the method comprising the steps of
a) providing a reaction volume comprising
(i) a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, wherein the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence , and
(iii) a second electrode;
b) providing a reaction mixture to the reaction volume, the reaction mixture comprising
(i) a sample comprising the target nucleic acid,
(ii) a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence,
(iii) a nucleic acid polymerase,
(iv) a redox couple, and
(v) a supply of reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction; c) performing a polymerase chain reaction, and
d) measuring the impedance of the first electrode at least once during the polymerase chain reaction.
In a ninth aspect the present invention broadly consists in an apparatus for realtime nucleic acid amplification, the apparatus comprising
a reaction volume comprising
(i) a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, wherein the the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
(iii) a second electrode; wherein the reaction volume is suitable for containing a sample comprising nucleic acid, and wherein the reaction volume includes a heater or is adapted to engage with a thermocycler suitable for PCR.
In a tenth aspect the present invention broadly consists in a system for amplifying a target nucleic acid in a sample, the system comprising
a) a reaction volume comprising
(i) a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer as defined in the second aspect, wherein the the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
(iii) a second electrode;
b) optionally a reaction mixture comprising one or more of
(i) a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence,
(iii) a nucleic acid polymerase,
(iv) a redox couple, and
(v) a supply of reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction; c) a device for measuring the impedance of at least the first electrode; and d) a thermocycler.
In an eleventh aspect the present invention broadly consists in a method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample, the method comprising :
(a) contacting
(1) a sample which may comprise a target, and
(2) a sensor as defined in the sixth aspect or a sensor system as defined in the seventh aspect; and (b) determining the presence or absence or amount of the target in the sample.
In a twelfth aspect, the present invention broadly consists in a sensor made by a method according to the fifth aspect.
The following embodiments and preferences may relate alone or in any combination of any two or more to any of the above aspects.
In some embodiments the polymerisable monomer has the formula ( 1A) :
( 1A) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein.
In some embodiments the polymerisable monomer has the structure (IB)
Figure imgf000007_0002
(IB) wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein
In some embodiments R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R5, -OR5, -C(0)OR5, - OC(0)R5, -NR5R5, -C(0)NR5R5, -NR5C(0)R5, -NR5C(0)NR5R5, and -R6; or
R1 and R2 and/or R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five or six membered heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R5 at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl; and
R6 at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R5, -OR5, -C(0)OR5, -OC(0)R5, -NR5R5, - C(0)NR5R5, -NR5C(0)R5, -NR5C(0)NR5R5, and alkyl.
In some embodiments R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and alkoxy; or R1 and R2 and/or R3 and R4 together represent -OCH2CH2O-. In some embodiments R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each hydrogen; or R1 and R2 together and/or R3 and R4 together represent -OCH2CH2O-.
In certain embodiments R1 and R4 are identical and R2 and R3 are identical; or when R1 and R2 form a ring and R3 and R4 form a ring, each ring is identical.
In certain embodiments R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each hydrogen. In exemplary embodiments Z1 and Z2 are each S; or Z1 and Z2 are each NRa.
In certain embodiments Ra at each instance is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments p is 2.
In some embodiments the poiymerisabie monomer has the formula (1C) or (ID) :
Figure imgf000008_0001
(1C) (ID) wherein D is as defined herein.
In certain embodiments each D is identical.
In certain embodiments the poiymerisabie monomer has an oxidation potential for polymerisation of from about 0 to about 1.0V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI), for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
In certain embodiments, the poiymerisabie monomer has an oxidation potential of from about 0.6 to 1.0V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) .
In some embodiments, the length of the linker group is from about 1 to 15 atoms. For example from about 1 to 14, 1 to 13, 1 to 12, 1 to 11, 1 to 10, 2 to 10, 3 to 10, 4 to 10, 5 to 10, 6 to 10, 7 to 10, 8 to 10, 9 to 10, 2 to 9, 3 to 9, 5 to 9, 7 to 9, 2 to 8, 4 to 8, 6 to 8, 2 to 7, 3 to 7, 5 to 7, 2 to 6, 4 to 6, 2 to 5, 3 to 5, or 2 to 4 atoms.
In some embodiments the linker group has the formula :
-X1-[(CH2)m-X2]x-(CH2)n-X3- wherein x is an integer from 0 to 6; m at each instance of x is independently an integer from 0 to 8; n is an integer from 0 to 8;
X1 and X2 at each instance of x are each independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH=CH-, -0-, -S-, -N(R)-, -C(O)-, -C(0)0-, -OC(O)-, - N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -SC(O)-, -C(0)S-, -NRSO2-, -SO2NR-, and -N(R)C(0)N(R)-; R at each instance is independently hydrogen or alkyl;
X3 is a functional group through which the probe is attached; provided that the linker group, excluding X3, is not more than 10 atoms in length.
In various embodiments, X1 and X2 at each instance of x are each independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH=CH-, -0-, -S-, -N(R)-, - C(O)-, -C(0)0-, -OC(O)-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -NRSO2-, and -SO2NR-. In various embodiments, X1 and X2 at each instance of x are each independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH=CH-, -0-, -N(R)-, -C(0)0- , -OC(O)-, -N(R)C(0)-, and -C(0)N(R)-.
In various embodiments, X1 and X2 at each instance of x are each independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH=CH-, and -0-.
In various embodiments, the linker group is of the formula :
(a) -0-(CH2)n-X3- wherein
X3 is as defined herein; and n is an integer from 1-8;
(b) -[CH=CH]x-X3- wherein
X3 is as defined herein; x is an integer from 1-4; or (c) -0-[(CH2)m-0]x-(CH2)n-X3- wherein
X3 is as defined herein; x is an integer from 1-4; m at each instance of x is independently an integer from 1-4, preferably 2; n is an integer from 1-4, provided that the linker group excluding X3, is not more than 10 atoms in length.
In various embodiments, X3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=NH)NH-, -NHC( = NH)-, -C(0)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -OC(O)-, -NHC(0)CRvRwS-, - SCRwRvC(0)NH-, -SS-, -C(0)NHN=CH-, -CH = NNHC(0) -, -CH = N-, -N=CH-,
Figure imgf000011_0001
, and O wherein Rv and Rw are at each instance independently H or Ci-6 alkyl, preferably H.
In certain embodiments, X3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH=N-, - N=CH-, -C(0)NH-, -NHC(O)-, -C(0)0-, and -OC(O)-. In certain embodiments X3 is -C(0)NH-.
In some embodiments the linker group is -0-(CH2)m-C(0) NH-, wherein m is an integer from 2 to 8.
In exemplary embodiments the linker group is -0-(CH2)5-C(0)NH-.
In various embodiments the probe is capable of binding one or more nucleic acids in a sequence specific manner.
In certain embodiments the sequence specific binding of one or more nucleic acids by the probe is by nucleic acid hybridization.
In certain embodiments the probe comprises a single or double stranded
oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or an analogue thereof. In various embodiments, the probe comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. In various embodiments, the probe comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. In various embodiments, the probe comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide. In certain
embodiments, the probe comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments the probe comprises an aptamer. In various embodiments, the aptamer comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or an analogue thereof. In various embodiments, the aptamer comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. In various embodiments, the aptamer comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. In various embodiments, the aptamer comprises a single stranded oligonucleotide. In exemplary embodiments Px is an amino functionalised single stranded oligonucleotide.
In some embodiments, the or a or at least one probe comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide selected from:
5'-GGTCTAGCTACAGAGAAATCTCGA-3' (SED ID NO: 1),
5'-CAGTAGACGGGGGTGTCACGCGAC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 2),
5'-CATCTTTGGGCTGTTTTCTTCCGC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 3),
5 '-CTAGTTTAG AC AGCTAGG AAGG- 3 ' (SEQ ID NO: 4), or
a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence comprising 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, or 16 or more) contiguous bases of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 4.
In some embodiments the or a or at least one probe comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide selected from SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, the or a or at least one probe comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide complementary to a target single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide selected from:
5'-TCGAGATTTCTCTGTAGCTAGACC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 5),
5'-TCGAGATTTCTCAGTAGCTAGACC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 6),
5'-TCGAGATTTCTCTCTAGCTAGACC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 7),
5'-GTCATCTGCCCCCACAGAGCGCTG-3' (SEQ ID NO: 8),
5'-GCGGAAGAAAACAGCCCAAAGATG-3' (SEQ ID NO: 9),
5 '-CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG- 3 ' (SEQ ID NO: 10), or
a target single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence comprising 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, or 16 or more) contiguous bases of any of SEQ ID NOs: 5 to 10.
In some embodiments the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2A) :
Figure imgf000013_0001
(2A) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein.
In various embodiments the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2B) :
Figure imgf000013_0002
(2B) wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, Z2 and Ra are as defined herein.
In exemplary embodiments the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2C) or (2D) :
Figure imgf000013_0003
(2C) (2D) wherein D is as defined herein.
In some embodiments the conducting polymer further comprises at least one monomer unit different to the monomer unit of the formula (2).
In various embodiments the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (3), (4), (5), or a mixture of any two or more thereof:
Figure imgf000014_0001
(3) (4) (5).
In various embodiments the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6) :
Figure imgf000014_0002
(6) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein; and
Y at each instance of p is independently selected from the group consisting of a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group, hydrogen, alkoxy, polyether, polyether alcohol, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyi, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyi, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R5, -OR5, -C(0)OR5, -OC(0)R5, -NR5R5, -C(0)NR5R5, -NR5C(0)R5, -NR5C(0)NR5R5, and alkyl. In various embodiments, Y at each instance of p is independently selected from the group consisting of a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group, hydrogen, alkoxy, polyether, and polyether alcohol.
In various embodiments, Y at each instance of p is independently is selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, polyether, and polyether alcohol.
In various embodiments, Y at each instance of p is independently is selected from the group consisting of polyether and polyether alcohol.
In some embodiments Y at each instance of p is independently is selected from the group consisting of polyether. In various embodiments, the polyether or polyether alcohol comprises from 2-50, 2-40, 2-30, 2-20, 2-10, 2-8, 2-6, or 2-4 monomer units.
In some embodiments the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6A) :
Figure imgf000015_0001
(6A) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, Z2 and Y are as defined herein.
In various embodiments the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6B) :
Figure imgf000016_0001
(6B) wherein
R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, Z2 and Y are as defined herein. In exemplary embodiments the conducting polymer as described herein further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6C) or (6D) :
Figure imgf000016_0002
(6C) (6D) wherein Y is as defined herein. In some embodiments each Y is identical.
In exemplary embodiments monomer unit of the formula (2) and monomer unit of the formula (6) are identical except for the D and Y groups.
In various embodiments, the ratio of the monomer unit of formula (2) to the at least one monomer unit different to the monomer unit of the formula (2), for example a monomer unit of the formula (3), (4) or (5), is from about 10 : 1 to 1 : 10,000, for example 10:1 to 1:1000, 10:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:10,000, 1:1 to 1:1000, or 1:1 to 1:100.
In some embodiments the ratio of the monomer unit of formula (2) to the monomer unit of the formula (6) is from about 10:1 to 1:1,000, 10:1 to 1:500, 10:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:50, 1:1 to 1:5, or 1:2 to 1:4, or about 1:3.
In some embodiments the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and at least one additional polymerisable monomer different to the monomer of formula (1) to provide the conducting polymer.
In various embodiments the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and thiophene, pyrrole, 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
In exemplary embodiments the method of making a conducting polymer comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7):
Figure imgf000017_0001
(7) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, Z2 and Y are as defined herein.
In some embodiments the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7A):
Figure imgf000017_0002
(7A) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, Z2 and Y are as defined herein.
In some embodiments the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7B) :
Figure imgf000018_0001
(7B) wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, Z2 and Y are as defined herein.
In some embodiments the method comprises co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula (7C) or (7D) :
Figure imgf000018_0002
(7C) (7D) herein Y is as defined herein.
In some embodiments the method comprises:
(i) providing a plurality of monomers of the formula (1) as defined herein
(ii) providing a substrate; and (iii) polymerising each monomer of the formula (1) to provide a conducting polymer and depositing each conducting polymer at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location; or (iii) depositing each monomer of the formula (1) at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate and polymerising each monomer to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location; wherein at least two locations on the surface of the substrate are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
In some embodiments the method comprises:
(i) providing a plurality of monomers of the formula (1) as defined herein;
(ii) providing a substrate comprising a plurality of electrodes; and
(iii) polymerising each monomer of the formula (1) to provide a conducting polymer and depositing each conducting polymer on a surface of a different electrode to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the electrode; or
(iii) depositing each monomer of the formula (1) on a surface of a different electrode and polymerising each monomer to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the electrode; wherein the surfaces of at least two of the electrodes are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
Preferably, each conducting polymer coated on the surface of the substrate or electrode has a different probe. Preferably the different probes are adapted to bind or capable of binding different targets.
In some embodiments the monomer(s) are deposited on the surface of the substrate or electrode and polymerised to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate or electrode.
In some embodiments, the monomer(s) are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide.
In various embodiments, the monomer(s) are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is air or dissolved oxygen.
In some embodiments the electroless oxidative polymerisation is catalysed by an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst. In some embodiments the catalyst for the electroless oxidative polymerisation comprises Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; an oxide of Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; carbon (for example carbon nanotubes, fullerines, or graphene) ; or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
In various embodiments, the electroless oxidative polymerisation catalyst is Pt or Pd. In various embodiments, the electroless oxidative polymerisation catalyst is Pt.
In various embodiments the electroless oxidative polymerisation catalyst is in the form of nano-particles.
In some embodiments the method comprises monomer(s) that are stable to oxidative polymerisation by oxygen or hydrogen peroxide in the absence of an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst for at least 4, 8, 12, 24 or 48 hours.
In some embodiments the surface of the substrate or electrode on which the conducting polymer(s) or monomer(s) are deposited consists of or comprises the catalyst.
In various embodiments the electroless oxidative polymerisation is of monomer(s) wherein Z1 and Z2 are each S.
In some embodiments the oxidative polymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, for example from 5nm to 75nm, from 5nm to 50nm, from 5nm to 25nm, from lOnm to lOOnm, from lOnm to 75nm, from lOnm to 50nm, from lOnm to 25 nm, from 20nm to lOOnm, from 20nm to 75nm, from 20nm to 50nm, from 20nm to 25 nm, from 30nm to lOOnm, from 30nm to 75nm, from 30nm to 50nm, from 40nm to lOOnm, from 40nm to 75nm, from 40nm to 50nm, from 50nm to lOOnm, or from 50nm to 75nm, when carried out for a period of time from about 1 second to about 120 seconds.
In some embodiments the monomer(s) are polymerised by electropolymerisation. In some embodiments the electropolymerisation is carried out at a potential of about 0 to about 1.0V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI), for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI). In some embodiments the electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 10 seconds. In some embodiments the electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 20 seconds, or from about 0.1 seconds to about 30 seconds.
In some embodiments the sensor comprises a substrate comprising at least one electrode having a surface coated with a conducting polymer as described herein. In some embodiments the sensor comprises a substrate comprising a plurality of electrodes, each electrode comprising a surface coated with a conducting polymer as described herein, wherein the surfaces of at least two of the electrodes are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
In various embodiments, the detector is capable of detecting binding of a target by a probe.
In some embodiments the sensor system comprises a detector capable of measuring an electrochemical property of the conducting polymer.
In some embodiments the sensor system comprises a detector capable of measuring the impedance of the conducting polymer. In some embodiments the sensor or sensor system further comprises a redox couple. In some embodiments the sensor or sensor system comprises a counter electrode and optionally a reference electrode.
In some embodiments the sensor system may comprise a positive control. For example in some embodiments the system may comprise a positive control sample comprising a target, which probes of the conducting polymer(s) are capable of binding.
In some embodiments of the method, sensor, or sensor system as described herein, the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) is/are coated is/are a gold (e.g. screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode. In certain embodiments of the method, sensor or sensor system as described herein, the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) are coated is a screen printed carbon electrode.
In some embodiments, the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) are coated is a screen printed electrode, such as screen printed carbon electrode, the surface of which has been modified prior to formation of the coating of the conducting polymer(s) by a treatment that increases the sensitivity of the electrode to detection of the target.
In some embodiments, the treatment is selected from laser glazing or plasma treatment.
In some embodiments of the method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample comprises detecting binding of the target when present in the sample by a probe.
In some embodiments, the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is determined electrochemically or the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is detected electrochemically.
In some embodiments, the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is determined by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy or the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample is detected by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy.
In some embodiments the method comprises contacting the sample and the sensor in the presence of a redox couple. In various embodiments the redox couple is ferro-ferricyanide.
In some embodiments the method comprises amplifying a target nucleic acid in a sample according to the eighth aspect.
In various embodiments, the sample comprises double stranded nucleic acid. In various embodiments, the sample comprises genomic nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate. In various embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate comprising genomic nucleic acid.
In various embodiments, the lysate is a cell lysate.
In some embodiments, the cell lysate is a bacterial cell lysate.
In various embodiments, the sample or lysate comprises nucleic acid, preferably genomic nucleic acid, protein, lipids and other components, for example cellular components, produced by lysis.
In various embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate from which at least a portion of solid components or particles produced by lysis have been removed.
In various embodiments, the sample has not been subjected to nucleic acid extraction and/or purification.
In various embodiments, the sample has not been subjected to a nucleic acid extraction and/or purification comprising treatment with a proteinase, treatment (for example extraction) with one or more organic solvents, precipitation of the nucleic acid, and/or purification and/or isolation of the precipitated nucleic acid .
In various embodiments, the sample has not been subjected to a nucleic acid extraction and/or purification comprising treatment with one or more organic solvents.
In some embodiments the reaction mixture comprises a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence.
In some embodiments the reaction mixture comprises the first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule, or a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hybridizing to the first portion of the target nucleic acid sequence.
In some embodiments the method comprises the additional step of determining the presence or amount of polynucleotide in the reaction volume on the basis of the one or more impedance measurements.
In some embodiments the method comprises the additional step of measuring the impedance of the first electrode before the first elongation step of the nucleic acid amplification reaction. In some embodiments the impedance is measured continuously throughout at least a portion of the polymerase chain reaction.
In some embodiments the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode.
In some embodiments the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode and terminating the polymerisation on the basis of the measurement.
In some embodiments the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode and terminating the polymerisation when a total charge of from about 1.0 x 10"5 C to about 5 x 10"5 C is measured.
In some embodiments the redox couple is a ferro-ferricyanide.
In some embodiments the target nucleic acid is present at an initial concentration of less than 1 pg/mL.
In some embodiments the target nucleic acid is present at an initial concentration of less than 1 fg/mL.
In some embodiments, the apparatus additionally comprises a thermocycler suitable for PCR.
In some embodiments, the apparatus additionally comprises a device for measuring the impedance of at least the first electrode.
In some embodiments, the device for measuring impedance is an LCR meter or is a potentiostat.
In some embodiments the device for measuring impedance is an LCR meter, a potentiostat, or the device measures impedance by determining the
transconductance of or at the first electrode or by cyclic voltammetry.
In various embodiments, the sample comprises a double stranded nucleic acid and the method comprises:
heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to dissociate the nucleic acid strands, and
contacting the dissociated nucleic acid strands with the sensor or sensor system of the present invention, and
cooling to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system. In various embodiments, the sample comprises microbes (for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses) comprising a target nucleic acid and the method comprises: lysing the microbes,
heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein,
contacting the dissociated nucleic acid strands with the sensor or sensor system of the present invention, and
cooling to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system.
In various embodiments, the sample comprises microbes (for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses) comprising a target nucleic acid and the method comprises: heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to lyse the microbes and dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein,
contacting the dissociated nucleic acid strands with the sensor or sensor system of the present invention, and
cooling to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system.
In various embodiments, the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target nucleic acid in an aqueous sample which may comprise a double stranded nucleic acid (for example, double stranded DNA) and the method comprises: admixing into the sample a buffer (eg phosphate-buffered saline) and a redox couple (for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide),
contacting the resultant mixture with a sensor or sensor system of the present invention,
heating to about the melting temperature of the double stranded nucleic acid to dissociate the strands (for example to about 95°C for 1-5 minutes),
cooling to a temperature at which the nucleic acid strands re-anneal (for example, about 40 to 50°C) to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system, and
detecting binding of the target by the probe (for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
In some embodiments, if the target is present the sensor signal increases over time (depending on the target concentration).
In some of such embodiments, the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target nucleic acid in an aqueous sample which may comprise double stranded nucleic acid (for example, double stranded DNA) and the method comprises:
admixing into the sample a buffer (eg phosphate-buffered saline), a redox couple (for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide), and nucleotides, nucleic acids and enzymes for a nucleic acid amplification reaction (for example, polymerase amplification),
contacting the resultant mixture with a sensor or sensor system of the present invention,
oscillating the temperature so as to cause successively melting of the double stranded nucleic acid, amplification of the target nucleic acid, and annealing of the target nucleic acid to a probe of the sensor or sensor system, and
detecting binding of the target by the probe (for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
In some embodiments, if the target is present the sensor signal increases over time as the temperature is oscillated.
In various embodiments, the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of bacteria comprising a target nucleic acid in a water sample which may comprise the bacteria, and the method comprises:
admixing into the sample a buffer (eg phosphate-buffered saline) and a redox couple (for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide),
heating to lyse the bacteria (for example to about 95°C for 5 min) and dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein,
contacting the hot lysate with a sensor or sensor system of the invention, cooling to a temperature at which the nucleic acid strands re-anneal (for example 40 to 50°C) to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system, and
detecting binding of the target by the probe (for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
In some embodiments, if the bacteria are present, the sensor signal increases with time (depending on the bacterial concentration).
In various embodiments, the method further comprises filtering or otherwise removing solid particles from the hot lysate. In some of such embodiments, the method is for determining the presence or absence or amount of bacteria comprising a target nucleic acid in a water sample which may comprise the bacteria, and the method comprises:
admixing into the sample a buffer (eg phosphate-buffered saline), a redox couple
(for example, potassium ferri- and ferro-cyanide), and nucleotides, nucleic acids and enzymes for a nucleic acid amplification reaction (for example, polymerase amplification),
heating to lyse the bacteria (for example to about 95°C for 5 min) and dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein,
contacting the hot lysate with a sensor or sensor system of the invention, oscillating the temperature so as to cause successively melting of the double stranded nucleic acid, amplification of the target nucleic acid, and annealing of the target nucleic acid to a probe of the sensor or sensor system, and
detecting binding of the target by the probe (for example, by measuring a sensor signal (for example, impedance of the conducting polymer) over time).
In various embodiments, if the bacteria are present is present the sensor signal increases over time as the temperature is oscillated.
It is intended that reference to a range of numbers disclosed herein (for example, 1 to 10) also incorporates reference to all rational numbers within that range (for example, 1, 1.1, 2, 3, 3.9, 4, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8, 9 and 10) and also any range of rational numbers within that range (for example, 2 to 8, 1.5 to 5.5 and 3.1 to 4.7) and, therefore, all sub-ranges of all ranges expressly disclosed herein are hereby expressly disclosed. These are only examples of what is specifically intended and all possible combinations of numerical values between the lowest value and the highest value enumerated are to be considered to be expressly stated in this application in a similar manner.
This invention may also be said broadly to consist in the parts, elements and features referred to or indicated in the specification of the application, individually or collectively, and any or all combinations of any two or more said parts, elements or features, and where specific integers are mentioned herein which have known equivalents in the art to which this invention relates, such known equivalents are deemed to be incorporated herein as if individually set forth.
To those skilled in the art to which the invention relates, many changes in construction and widely differing embodiments and applications of the invention will suggest themselves without departing from the scope of the invention as defined in the appended claims. The disclosures and the descriptions herein are purely illustrative and are not intended to be in any sense limiting.
Although the present invention is broadly as defined above, those persons skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention is not limited thereto and that the invention also includes embodiments of which the following description gives examples.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
The invention will be described with reference to the accompanying figures, in which :
Figure 1 is a graph showing EIS measurements in the presence of 5mM K3Fe(CN)6 and 5mM K4Fe(CN)6. The EIS measurements were carried out after deposition of the homopolymer-oligonucleotide complex (homopolymer of monomer 22 with a DNA-probe bound) on the Pt disk electrode (CP and DNA), and after ΙΟΟΟηΜ target oligonucleotide hybridization to the homopolymer-DNA probe (ΙΟΟΟηΜ target). The un-shaded squares represent experimental EIS values for the ferro-ferricyanide redox reaction on the homopolymer-oligonculeotide probe complex on the Pt disk electrode. The shaded diamonds represent experimental EIS values after hybridisation of the target oligonucleotide to the homopolymer-oligonucleotide probe. The data were fitted to a Randle's equivalent circuit (inset), consisting of solution resistance Ri, a constant phase element Q2, a charge transfer resistance R2 and a Warburg diffusion element (W2) as indicated by the solid line. Changes in the parameters of the fitted model were used as signals for the detection of the target oligonucleotide.
Figure 2 is a graph showing sensor response (EIS for the ferri-ferrocyanide redox reaction on the electrode surface) in the absence (BARE) and presence (CP & DNA) of different target concentrations (100 nM, 200 nM, 2 μΜ, 5 μΜ, 10 μΜ and 20 μΜ). The data were fitted to an equivalent circuit model (inset), consisting of solution resistance Ri, a constant phase element Q2, a charge transfer resistance R2 and a Warburg diffusion element (W2) as indicated by the solid line, and changes in a parameter of the fitted model (charged transfer resistance) were used as signals for the detection of the target oligonucleotide. Figure 3 shows FTIR spectra before (I) and after (II) attachment of oligonucleotides (ON) onto A) monomer 38 and B) monomer 22.
Figure 4 shows potentiodynamic electrocopolymerisation of A) pyrrole and monomer 50 to form P70 (Py: monomer 50 (50 : 1 mol/mol)) on a glassy carbon (GC) electrode (3 mm), B) monomer 7 and monomer 60 to form P80 (TGThP 7 : ThPhON 60 50 : 1 mol/mol) on a Au electrode ( 1.6 mm) . The electopolymerisation was carried out for 5 cycles at scan rate of 100 mV/s in 1 : 1 PBS/DMF for P80 and 9 : 1 PBS/DMF for P70.
Figure 5 shows the current-time trace, following application of a constant potential of +0.8V for electropolymerisation to form copolymers A) PyPhON-co-Py P70 ( 1 : 50 mole ratio) on a 3mm diameter GC electrode and B) ThPhON-co-ThPhEG P80 ( 1 : 50 mole ratio) on a 1.6mm diameter Au electrode. Prior to electrode deposition, Non- Hodgkin probe sequence was attached to the monomer 38 and PBGD sequence was attached to monomer 22. Electropolymerisation was carried out vs. Ag/AgCI for the GC electrode and vs. leak free reference for the gold electrode.
Figure 6 shows cyclic voltammograms (CVs) of A) P70 and C) P80 in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) at various scan rates ( 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 mV s"1) . The insets show Log of oxidation peak currents (y axis) vs. Log of scan rate (x axis) . Figures 6B and 6D show SEM images of: B) P70 and D) P80.
Figure 7 shows Nyquist plots for A) P(PyPhON-co-Py) P70 and B) P(ThPhON-co- ThPhEG) P80 upon hybridization with 1 pM and 1 nM target concentrations, respectively. Spectra after 10, 30, 60 and 90 minutes of incubation are shown.
Figure 8 shows Nyquist diagrams of A) P70 and C) P80 electrodes after incubation with increasing concentrations of Non-Hodg kin and PBGB sequence solutions, respectively. Experimental data are presented as symbols and the fitting curves to the equivalent circuit as solid lines. The data were fitted to a Randle's equivalent circuit (inset), consisting of solution resistance Rs, a constant phase element CPE, a charge transfer resistance RCT and a Warburg diffusion element (W) Normalized sensor responses, ARCT/RCT°, of the electrodes modified with B) P70 and D) P80 a re shown versus the logarithm of the target concentration. Each experiment was repeated three times (n=3) . Figure 9 shows the normalized sensor responses of A) P91 (poly(PyPhON-co-Py), polymer formed from the attachment of the Non-Hodgkin probe to monomer 38 and co-polymerising with pyrrole) and B) P92 (poly(ThPhON-co-ThPhEG), polymer formed from the attachment of the Non-Hodgkin probe to monomer 22 and copolymerising with monomer 7), sensing films upon incubation with non- complementary (Un-comp), a first base mismatched (1-mis; Non-Hodgkin mismatch A of Table 3), a second base mismatched (2-mis; Non-Hodgkin mismatch B of Table 3), and fully complementary (Comp) sequences. P91 electrodes were incubated with 1 pM of the oligonucleotide solutions, and P92 were incubated with 1 nM of the oligonucleotide solutions.
Figure 10 shows the EIS spectra of electrochemically deposited films of A) polymer P63 (labelled 'electrode 2'), B) polymer P64 (labelled 'electrode 1') and C) polymer P65 (labelled 'electrode 3') deposited on different Au electrodes 1-3 respectively, before (empty symbols) and after (solid symbols) incubation of the sensing films with a PBS solution containing two target oligonucleotides (Non-Hodgkin and PBGD genes) at concentrations of 1 pM . Polymer P64 carries a Non-Hodgkin lymphoma (Non-Hodgkin) probe, polymer P63 a chronic lymphocytic leukemia (PBGD) probe and polymer P65 a bladder cancer (FGFR3) probe.
Figure 11A shows the cyclic voltammogram (CV) traces in PBS solution, at pH 7.4, of the GC electrodes in the presence of 5mM each of ferri- and ferrocyanide, before (BARE GC, dotted trace) and after (PtNP modified GC, dashed trace) Pt nanoparticle (PtNP) deposition. Optical pictures of GC electrodes before and after Pt nanoparticle deposition (50x lens, Leica optical microscopy) are shown in Figures 11B and 11C respectively.
Figure 12A shows the CV trace for the ferro-ferricyanide redox reaction in PBS solution at pH 7.4 before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC- PtNP, dotted trace) deposition of conducting polymer (CP) from a solution containing monomer 22 and monomer 7, mole ratio 1 : 50, in PBS only. Figure 12B shows how the EIS spectrum for the ferro-ferricyanide redox changes before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC-PtNP, dotted trace) co- polymerisation of monomer 22 and monomer 7. Figure 12C shows an optical picture of GC electrodes after deposition of the co-polymer of monomers 22 and 7 (50x lens. Leica optical microscopy). Figure 13A shows the CV trace for the ferro-ferri cyanide redox reaction in PBS solution at pH 7.4 before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC- PtNP, dotted trace) deposition of conducting polymer from a solution containing monomer 22 and monomer 7 (mole ratio 1 : 50) in PBS also containing 0.1M sodium tosylate (NaTos). EIS of the GC electrodes with the Pt nanoparticles in PBS solution, pH 7.4, containing 5mM each of ferri- and ferrocyanide before (GC— PtNP, dashed trace) and after (CP deposited GC-PtNP, dotted trace) deposition of the co-polymer of monomers 22 and 7 in the presence of NaTos (to accelerate polymer formation) as dopant are shown in Figure 13B. Figure 13C shows optical pictures of GC electrodes after deposition of co-polymer of monomers 22 and 7 (5x lens. Leica optical microscopy). Inset is 50x lens.
Figure 14A shows the CV traces of a Pt nanoparticle-activated GC electrode in PBS buffer, at pH 7.4 before exposure (dotted trace), and after 30, 60 and 120 seconds (black trace) of exposure of the electrode to a solution of monomer 60 and monomer 7 (mole ratio 1 : 50) in PBS solution containing 0.1M NaTos. Microscopic pictures of the Pt nanoparticle-activated GC electrode before exposure, 14B), and of P80 (poly(ThPhCOOH-co-ThPhEG)) deposited electrode after 14C) 30 seconds, 14D) 60 second, 14E) 120 second, 14F) 240 seconds, 14G) 360 seconds of exposure to the mixed monomer solution (50X Lens).
Figure 15 shows the relative change in charge transfer resistance for the redox reaction of ferro/ferricyanide on the conducting polymer film, measured in PBS, pH 7.4, containing 5mM of each of K3Fe(CN)6 and K4Fe(CN)6, on a Pt nanoparticle- activated GC electrode after increasing time of exposure to the mixed solution of monomer 60 and monomer 7 in PBS/NaTos followed by washing. The change in charge transfer resistance is expressed with respect to the charge transfer resistance measured in the ferro-ferricyanide solution before exposure of the electrode to the mixed monomer solution. Figure 16A and 18A are Nyquist plots that show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of synthetic E. coli target DNA. The Nyquist plot corresponding to the probe only (indicated by squares) represents the response observed in the absence of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)). For graph 16A the data points plotted as circles, triangles, diamonds and stars correspond to the electrode responses at 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of the synthetic E. coli target DNA respectively. For graph 18A the data points plotted as triangles, diamonds, circles and stars correspond to the electrode responses at 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA respectively.
Figure 16B and 18B show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON- Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)).
Figures 16C and 18C compare the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) sensing films (Comp) with electrodes comprising P300 sensing films (Non-Comp) (Fig. 16C), and electrodes comprising P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) (Comp.) sensing films and electrodes comprising P400 (Non-Comp) sensing films (Fig. 18C) respectively to ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) present at a concentration of 10 fM.
Figure 17A and 19A are Nyquist plots that show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA. The Nyquist plot corresponding to the probe only (indicated by squares) represents the response observed in the absence of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA For graph 17A the data points plotted as circles, triangles, diamonds and stars correspond to the electrode responses at 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA respectively. For graph 19A the data points plotted as circles, triangles, diamonds, and stars correspond to the electrode responses at 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA respectively. Figure 17B and 19B show the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON- Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films respectively to different concentrations of extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA.
Figures 17C and 19C compare the response of electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) sensing films (Comp) with electrodes comprising P300 sensing films (Non-Comp) (Fig. 17C), and electrodes comprising P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) (Complementary) sensing films and electrodes comprising P400 (Uncomplementary) sensing films (Fig. 19C) respectively to extracted genomic E. coli BL21 target DNA present at a concentration of 10 fM.
Figure 20A is a Nyquist plot that shows the response of an electrode comprising a P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing film to different concentrations of crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA. The Nyquist plot corresponding to the probe only (indicated by squares) represents the response observed in the absence of E. coli BL21 lysate DNA.
Figure 20B shows the response of an electrode comprising a P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG)) sensing film to different concentrations of crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA.
Figure 20C compares the response of electrodes comprising P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG)) (Comp.) sensing films and electrodes comprising P400 (Non-Comp) sensing films to crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA present at a concentration of 10 fM.
Figure 21 shows the continuous kinetics measurements of the ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) binding experiments performed in the presence of the 5mM [Fe (CN)6 3_/4~] with and without stirring the solution comprising the synthetic E. coli target DNA. The grey bars and the black bars represent lOfM of synthetic E. coli target DNA binding to P200 P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) without mixing (10 fM without mix) the solution and with constantly mixing at 50 rpm (10 fM with mix) respectively.
Figure 22 compares the response of sensors based on electrodes comprising PIOO (PyPhON-Py) sensing films and P200 (PyPhON-PyPhEG) sensing films to ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) (10 fM).
Figure 23 compares the response of sensors based on electrodes comprising PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) sensing films and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) sensing films to extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA (10 fM) respectively. Figure 24 compares the response of a sensor based on P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) in the presence of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) (synthetic), extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples (extracted) and crude E. coli BL21 lysate DNA (crude bacterial) (lOfM). Figure 25 shows the increase in impedance of a screen-printed carbon electrode functionalized with P200 P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) at different concentrations of ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) sequence, where the squares correspond to impedance measurements of the functionalised electrode after 20 seconds in the absence of target DNA and upright triangles (*), sideways triangles (^ ), diamonds and circles correspond to the impedance of the electrode after incubation with 1 fM, 100 fM, 10 pM and 100 pM concentrations of target DNA respectively.
Figure 26 compares dose-response for screen printed carbon P200 (poly(PyPhON- PyPhEG) modified Gwent electrodes formed by different electropolymerisation times (5s, 7s, 10s, 15s and 20s represented by squares, circles, triangles pointing up (^) , triangles pointing down )and triangles pointing to the left (^) respectively) after incubation in PBS buffer with 1 fM, 100 fM and 10 pM ssON synthetic E. coli F1630 target DNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
The term "comprising" as used in this specification and claims means "consisting at least in part of". When interpreting each statement in this specification and claims that includes the term "comprising", features other than that or those prefaced by the term may also be present. Related terms such as "comprise" and "comprises" are to be interpreted in the same manner.
As used herein the term "and/or" means "and" or "or", or both.
As used herein "(s)" following a noun means the plural and/or singular forms of the noun.
The general chemical terms used in the formulae herein have their usual meanings.
Unless indicated otherwise, nomenclature used to describe chemical groups or moieties as used herein follow the convention where, reading the name from left to right, the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule is at the right-hand side of the name. For example, the group "arylalkyl" is attached to the rest of the molecule at the alkyl end. The term "alkyl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkyl groups have from
1 to 10, from 1 to 8, from 1 to 6, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of straight chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl. Examples of branched alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, isopropyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, isopentyl, and 2,2-dimethylpropyl.
The term "alkenyl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and having at least one double bond between two carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkenyl groups have from 2 to 10, from
2 to 8, from 2 to 6, or from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, alkenyl groups have one, two, or three carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, allyl, -CH=CH(CH3), -CH=C(CH3)2, - C(CH3) = CH2, and -C(CH3)=CH(CH3).
The term "cycloalkyl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a mono-, bi- or tricyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring(s) . In some embodiments, cycloalkyl groups have from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 3 to 7, from 3 to 6, from 4 to 6, from 3 to 5 or from 4 to 5 carbon atoms in the ring(s). In some embodiments, cycloalkyl groups have 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms. Examples of monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Bi- and tricyclic ring systems include bridged, spiro, and fused cycloalkyl ring systems. Examples of bi- and tricyclic ring cycloalkyl systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, adamantyl, and decalinyl.
The term "cycloalkenyl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a non-aromatic mono-, bi- or tricyclic hydrocarbon groups having from 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring(s) and having at least one double bond between two carbon atoms. In some embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups have one, two or three double bonds. In some embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups have from 5 to 12, from 5 to 10, from 5 to 8, or from 5 to 6 carbon atoms in the ring(s). In some embodiments, cycloalkenyl groups have 5, 6, 7, or 8 ring carbon atoms in the ring(s). Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, and hexadienyl.
The term "aryl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having from 6 to 14 carbon atoms in the ring(s) and no heteroatoms in the ring(s). Aryl groups include monocyclic, fused bicyclic, and fused tricyclic ring systems. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, fluorenyl, phenanthrenyl, anthracenyl, indenyl, indanyl, pentalenyl, and naphthyl. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to 12, or from 6-10 carbon atoms in the ring(s). In some embodiments, the aryl groups are phenyl or naphthyl. Aryl groups include aromatic-aliphatic fused ring systems. Examples include, but are not limited to, indanyl and tetrahydronaphthyl.
The term "heterocyclyl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to a non-aromatic ring system containing from 3 to 16 atoms in the ring(s), of which one or more is a heteroatom. In some embodiments, the heteroatom is nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the heterocyclyl group contains one, two, three, or four heteroatoms. In some embodiments, heterocyclyl groups include mono-, bi- and tricyclic rings having from 3 to 16, from 3 to 14, from 3 to 12, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, or from 3 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). Heterocyclyl groups include partially unsaturated and saturated ring systems, for example, imidazolinyl and imidazolidinyl. Heterocyclyl groups include fused and bridged ring systems containing a heteroatom, for example, quinuclidyl. Heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazolidinyl, and trithianyl. In some embodiments, heterocyclyl groups have 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
The term "heteroaryl" employed alone or in combination with other terms, unless indicated otherwise, refers to an aromatic ring system containing from 5 to 16 atoms in the ring(s) and at least one heteroatom in the ring(s) . In some
embodiments, the heteroatom is nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or selenium, preferably oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, heteroaryl groups comprise 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms in the ring(s). In some embodiments, heteroaryl groups include monocyclic, fused bicyclic, and fused tricyclic ring systems having from 5 to 16, from 5 to 14, from 5 to 12, from 5 to 10, from 5 to 8, or from 5 to 6 atoms in the ring(s). Heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, selenophenyl, benzothiophenyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl (pyrrolopyridinyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, triazolopyridinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, isoxazolopyridinylxanthinyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinazolinyl. Heteroaryl groups include fused ring systems in which all of the rings are aromatic, for example, indolyl, and fused ring systems in which only one of the rings is aromatic, for example, 2,3-dihydroindolyl.The term "halo" or "halogen" employed alone or in combination with other terms is intended to include F, CI, Br, and I.
As used herein, the term "substituted" is intended to mean that one or more hydrogen atoms in the group indicated is replaced with one or more independently selected suitable substituents, provided that the normal valency of each atom to which the substituent/s are attached is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
The term "stable" as used herein refers to compounds which possess stability sufficient to allow manufacture and which maintain their integrity for a period of time sufficient to be useful for the purposes described herein. The term "electron withdrawing group" is intended to mean an atom or a functional group that removes electron density from a conjugated or aromatic ring system via resonance or inductive effects, for example a nitro group.
The term "electron donating group" is intended to mean an atom or a functional group that donates electron density into a conjugated or aromatic ring system via resonance or inductive effects, for example an alkoxy group.
The term "polyether" as used herein refers to a group of formula -0-(Ci-6alkyl- 0)q-Ci-6alkyl, wherein q is an integer from 2-50. For example, q may be an integer from 2-40, from 2-30, from 2-20, from 2-10, from 2-9, from 2-8, from 2-7, from 2- 6, from 2-5, from 2-4, from 3-50, from 3-40, from 3-30, from 3-20, from 3-10, from 3-9, from 3-8, from 3-7, from 3-6, from 3-5, or from 3-4.
The term, "polyether alcohol" as used herein refers to a group of formula -0-(Ci- 6alkyl-0)q-H, wherein q is an integer from 2-50. For example, q may be an integer from 2-40, from 2-30, from 2-20, from 2-10, from 2-9, from 2-8, from 2-7, from 2- 6, from 2-5, from 2-4, from 3-50, from 3-40, from 3-30, from 3-20, from 3-10, from 3-9, from 3-8, from 3-7, from 3-6, from 3-5, or from 3-4.
Asymmetric centers may exist in the compounds described herein. Asymmetric centers may be designated as (R) or (S), depending on the configuration of substituents in three dimensional space at the chiral atom. All stereochemical isomeric forms of the compounds, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d-isomers and l-isomers, and mixtures thereof, including enantiomerically enriched and diastereomerically enriched mixtures of
stereochemical isomers, are within the scope of the invention. The compounds described herein may also exist as conformational or geometric stereoisomers, including c/'s, trans, syn, anti, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers. All such stereoisomers and mixtures thereof are within the scope of the invention.
Also within the scope of the invention are any tautomeric isomers or mixtures thereof of the compounds described. As would be appreciated by those skilled in the art, a wide variety of functional groups and other structures may exhibit tautomerism. Examples include, but are not limited to, keto/enol and
imine/enamine tautomerism.
Also within the scope of the invention are salts of the compounds described herein. Such salts include, acid addition salts, base addition salts, and quaternary salts of basic nitrogen-containing groups. Acid addition salts can be prepared by reacting compounds, in free base form, with inorganic or organic acids. Base addition salts can be prepared by reacting compounds, in free acid form, with inorganic or organic bases. Quaternary salts of basic nitrogen-containing groups in the compounds may be may be prepared by, for example, reaction with alkyl halides.
The compounds described herein may form or exist as solvates with various solvents. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di- hydrate, or a tri-hydrate. All solvated forms and unsolvated forms of the compounds described herein are within the scope of the invention.
Polymerisable monomers
The present invention relates to a polymerisable monomer of formula (1) :
Figure imgf000039_0001
(1) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, Z2 and Ra are as defined herein.
The polymerisable monomer comprises a central benzene ring substituted with two heteroaryl ring systems. The heteroaryl ring systems are each independently a pyrrole ring system or a thiophene ring system. In some embodiments the pyrrole ring system is a pyrrole ring and the thiophene ring system is a thiophene ring or 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT) ring . The heteroaryl ring systems may be the same or different. In some embodiments the two heteroaryl ring systems are both pyrrole rings or both thiophene rings.
The monomers are capable of polymerising via dehydrogenation of hydrogen atoms at the 5-positions of each the heteroaryl ring systems. The polymerisable monomers may have a polymerisation oxidation potential from about 0 to about 1.0 vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI). For example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI). Advantageously, the inventors have found that in some embodiments polymerisable monomers of the formula (1) have a polymerisation potential of from about 0.6 to about 1.0 vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
The polymerisation potential of the monomer is preferably sufficiently low that the probe attached to the monomers is not oxidized during the polymerisation reaction.
The heteroaryl ring systems may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more electron withdrawing or electron donating groups. Electron withdrawing or electron donating groups may be selected such that the monomer has a polymerisation potential within a predetermined range, for example from about 0.6 to about 1.0 V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI). In various embodiments R1 and R2 together and/or R3 and R4 together represent an electron withdrawing group or an electron donating group. For example R1 and R2 and/or R3 and R4 may represent a moiety that together with the atoms to which they are attached forms a heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring fused to the pyrrole or thiophene ring system, such as the-OChhCI-teO- moiety present in 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT) .
In various embodiments, R1 and R4, R2 and R3, and Z1 and Z2 in the heteroaryl ring systems are identical such that the heteroaryl ring systems are identical. In exemplary embodiments, the two heteroaryl ring systems are attached to the benzene ring in a 1,4-relationship.
The benzene ring of the polymerisable monomer may be substituted with one or two D groups, depending on p. In exemplary embodiments, p is 2 and the two D groups are attached to the benzene ring in a 1,4-relationship. D at each instance of p is a group of the formula -L-Px, wherein L is a bond or a linker group, and Px is a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof. Preferably, the probe is capable of binding one or more nucleic acids in a sequence-specific manner, for example hybridizing with one or more oligonucleotides. The probe may comprise a nucleic acid or a functional analogue thereof, for example a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, polynucleotide or analogue thereof.
In some embodiments the probe may comprise a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, or single or double stranded polynucleotide. In various embodiments the probe may comprise a single stranded oligonucleotide or single stranded polynucleotide.
In exemplary embodiments the probe may comprise a single stranded
oligonucleotide.
As used herein, a "functional analogue" of a nucleic acid refers to a substrate that differs from the nucleic acid of which it is an analogue, but is capable of binding the same target that the nucleic acid is capable of binding or adapted to bind. A functional analogue may be capable of producing a detectable signal on binding of the target comparable to that provided on binding of the target by the nucleic acidof which it is an analogue, for example at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 97, 98, or 99% of the signal using the nucleic acid of which it is an analogue. As described herein, the detectable signal produced on binding of a target by a probe may be a measurable change in an electrochemical property of a polymer formed from the polymerisable monomers. Examples of functional analogues of nucleic acids include but are not limited to peptide nucleic acids and the like. Functional analogues of nucleic acids can employ any backbone and any sequence capable of resulting in a probe that hybridizes to complementary DNA and/or RNA. Examples of suitable backbones include, but are not limited to, phosphodiesters and deoxyphosphodiesters, phosphorothioates and
deoxyphosphorothioates, 2'-0-substituted phosphodiesters and deoxy analogs, 2'- O-substituted phosphorothioates and deoxy analogs, morpholino, 2'-0-alkyl methylphosphonates, 3'-amidates, MMI, alkyl ethers, in addition to peptide nucleic acids.
In some embodiments the probe comprises a single or double stranded nucleic acid, oligonucleotide, or polynucleotide, or an analogue thereof. An oligonucleotide or polynucleotide may comprise from 10 to about 60 nucleotide residues, for example from 10 to about 50, from 10 to about 40, from 10 to about 30, from 10 to about 20, from 15 to about 50, from 15 to about 50, from 15 to about 40, from 15 to about 30, from 13 to about 30, from 15 to about 20, from 20 to about 60, from 20 to about 50, from 20 to about 40, from 20 to about 30, from 30 to about 60, from 30 to about 50, from 30 to about 40, from 40 to about 60, or from 40 to about 50 nucleotide residues. In certain embodiments, an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide may comprises less than 60, less than 50, or less than 40 nucleotide residues. Probes comprising nucleic acids or analogues thereof are commercially available or may be prepared by methods well known in the art.
The probe may be adapted to bind or capable of binding one or more targets other than, or comprising moieties other than, nucleic acids. For example, the probe may comprise an aptamer. Aptamers are single stranded DNA or RNA capable of binding pre-determined targets with both high specificity and affinity, in a manner similar to antibodies. Pre-determined aptamer targets can vary in structure and include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, ions and small molecules. The specificity of the binding of an aptamer may be defined in terms of the dissociation constant Kd of the aptamer for its target. Aptamers can have high affinity with Kd range similar to antibody (pM to nM) and specificity similar/superior to antibody. Aptamers, their uses, and manufacture are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,840,867, 6,001,648, 6225,058, 6,207,388 and U.S. patent publication 20020001810, the disclosures of all of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
A probe may be functionalized to facilitate attachment to the benzene ring either directly or via a linker group. Suitably functionalized probes are readily
commercially available or can be prepared by synthetic methods well known in the art. For example, the probe may be amino functionalised, such as the single stranded oligonucleotide probes used in the Examples described below.
The linker group is a group that provides spacing between the benzene ring of the monomers, which on polymerisation form the conductive backbone of the polymer, and the probe. The linker group is typically covalently bound to both the benzene ring and the probe.
The structure of the linker group is not particularly limited. Preferably, the linker allows detection of a signal produced on binding of a target by a probe. Suitable linkers include those capable of transducing a detectable signal, such as an electrochemical signal, between the probe and a polymer formed from the monomers on binding of a target by a probe.
The linker group may be adapted to locate the probe at a predetermined distance from the conjugated backbone of a polymer formed from the monomers to optimize binding of the target by the probe, for example by hybridizing and/or otherwise interacting through non-covalent bonding and the like. It will be appreciated that there is less steric hindrance on formation of a probe-target complex when a linker is longer. However, transduction of the signal produced on binding of a target by the probe may be reduced using a longer linker. Additionally, longer linkers may cause steric hindrance during polymerisation of the monomers. Linker groups of various lengths can be employed. In some embodiments, the linker group is from about 1 to 15 atoms in length. The atoms of the 1 to 15 atom length of the linker group may be selected from C, N, O, and S, provided that the linker group is stable.
In certain embodiments the linker group has the formula : -X1-[(CH2)m-X2]x-(CH2)n-X3- wherein X1, X2, X3, m, x and n are as defined herein. In various embodiments, the linker is of the formula :
-0-(CH2)n-X3- wherein X3 and n are as defined herein.
X3 is a functional group through which the probe is attached. The functional group may be formed, as described below, by the reaction of a probe and a monomer containing a linker group precursor that forms the linker group on reaction with the probe. It will be apparent that the functional group may comprise atoms derived from both the probe and the precursor of the linker group. For example, reaction of an amine functionalized oligonucleotide probe with a linker group precursor comprising a carboxylic acid under suitable peptide coupling conditions provides a linker group wherein X3 is -C(0)NH-. The nitrogen atom of the amide group is derived from the amine group of the amine functionalized probe and the carbonyl group is derived from the carboxylic acid of the linker group precursor.
The nature of the functional group of X3 may thus be determined by the
crosslinking reaction used to attach the probe. As described herein, a wide range of crosslinking reactions are suitable.
In exemplary embodiments X3 is -C(0)NH-.
In the polymerisable monomers, the central benzene ring and the two heteroaryl ring systems attached thereto together form a conjugated system comprising alternating single and multiple bonds. In such systems, conjugation is the interaction of one p-orbital with another across an intervening σ-bond.
Polymerisation of the monomers can provide intrinsically conducting polymers - that is, organic polymers that conduct electricity. In the polymers, monomer units are bound together to form a conjugated backbone. Due to the conjugation of the backbone, the polymers are electrically conductive. The polymerisable monomers described herein may be prepared by synthetic routes including processes analogous to those well known in the art, such as those described in the Examples below.
The starting materials may be readily available from commercial sources or may be prepared by using methods well known in the art. Synthetic chemistry transformations and methodologies useful for preparing the compounds described herein include those described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations (1989), which is incorporated herein by reference. The method used depends on the structure of the compound. Preparation of the compounds may involve the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups, can be readily determined by a person skilled in the art. For example, nitrogen protecting groups useful herein include but are not limited to tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), carboxybenzyl (CBz), benzyl, and 2-trimethylsilylethyoxymethyl (SEM). Protecting groups for protecting reactive functional groups are well known in the art, as are methods for their introduction and removal (see, for example, P. J. Kocienski, Protecting Groups, Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, 1994; and T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed. (1991), both of which are incorporated herein by reference).
As shown in scheme A below, monomers of the formula (1) can be prepared by reacting a probe (Px) with a monomer of formula (le), wherein FG is a functional group reactive with the probe and Lx is a bond or a linker group precursor that forms the linker on reaction with the probe. In various embodiments, FG is a group that forms X3 on reaction with the probe and Lx represents the remainder of the linker group.
Figure imgf000044_0001
Scheme A. Synthesis of compounds of formula (1).
Any suitable crosslinking reaction may be used to attach the probe. Suitable crosslinking reactions include those described in the Thermo Scientific Pierce Crosslinking Technical Handbook 2009, Thermo Fisher Scientific. To facilitate attachment to the monomer, the probe may be functionalized with a suitable reactive functional group. In various embodiments, FG in the monomer of formula (le) and the reactive functional group of the probe may be selected from the pairs of reaction partners listed in the following Table 1 to provide monomers of the formula (1) with the X3 group indicated. Such crosslinking reactions are well known in the art.
Table 1: Examples of pairs of reaction partners that may be used to form the X3 group. Rv and Rw are at each instance independently H or Ci-6 alkyl, preferably H. Rc is Ci-6 alkyl, preferably methyl.
FG Probe functional group X3
Figure imgf000045_0001
-N H2 HO-C(O)- -NHC(O)-
Figure imgf000045_0002
-OH HO-C(O)- -OC(O)-
-SH HS- -SS-
-CHO H2NNHC(0)- -CH = NNHC(0)-
-C(0)NHNH2 HC(O)- -C(0)NHN=CH-
-NHC(0)CRvRwI HS- -NHC(0)CRvRwS-
-SH ICRwRvC(0)NH- -SCRwRvC(0)NH-
-C( = NH)ORc H2N- -C( = NH)NH-
-N H2 RcOC( = NH)- -NHC( = NH)-
-CHO H2N- -CH = N- -NH2 HC(O)- -N =CH-
Figure imgf000046_0001
In other embodiments, X3 may be a group formed by the non-specific reaction of a monomer of the formula ( le) or a probe comprising an azide, for example a phenyl azide, hydroxyphenyl azide, nitrophenyl azide, tetrafl uorophenyl azide, with the other reaction partner. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that cross- linking reactions involving the use of an azide can result in a number of different products each having different X3 groups.
Other cross-linking reactions and the X3 groups produced thereby will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Compounds of formula ( le) may be prepared by coupling the two heteroaryl ring systems simultaneously or sequentially to the central benzene ring . The heteroaryl ring systems may be coupled via a transition metal catalysed cross-coupling reaction, for example a Suzuki reaction. The Suzuki reaction typically involves the cross-coupling of a boronic acid or a boronate ester and a halide in the presence of a palladium(O) complex. A Pd(0) complex, such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), may be provided directly to the reaction or may be formed in situ (e.g. from Pd(OAc)2) . Any suitable palladium-based catalyst known in the art may be used. As shown in scheme A, compounds of formula (le) may be prepared by coupling a suitable dihalide (lc), such as a dibromide or diiodide, with boronic acids comprising the heteroaryl ring systems (Ida and ldb). In other embodiments, compounds of formula (le) may be prepared by coupling a suitable dihalide (lc) with boronates corresponding to the compounds of formula (Ida) and (ldb) wherein the boronic acid moiety is replaced with a boronate ester (such as a pinacol ester). In certain exemplary embodiments (Ida) and (ldb) are identical. The Suzuki reaction may be carried out in a liquid solvent in which the boronic acid(s) are soluble, for example ethanol or r?-butanol. The reaction is typically carried out at elevated temperature, for example 70°C or 110°C, until complete. Additives that enhance the rate of reactivity of the palladium complex, for example SPhos, may be included in the reaction mixture. The reaction conditions for the Suzuki reaction may be varied depending on the nature of the other groups present in the molecule, in particular the -LX-FG groups. FG may need to be protected with a suitable protecting group during the Suzuki reaction and then deprotected prior coupling the probe.
To increase the rate of the Suzuki reaction and/or to avoid or limit the formation of mono-addition products, the reaction conditions may be varied for example by increasing the reaction time and/or by adding more (for example, a stoichiometric excess) of one or more or of the reactants to the reaction mixture.
Various compounds of the formula (Ida) and (ldb) are commercially available. Others can be readily prepared by literature methods or adaptations thereof. Compounds of the formula (lc) can be prepared by halogenation of the
corresponding compound of formula (lb). For example, as described in the
Examples, a benzene ring 1,4-disubstituted with two protected -LX-FG groups may be treated with iodine, in the presence of Hg(OAc)2, to provide the corresponding 1,4-diiodide (i.e. a diiodide wherein the two iodine atoms are also in a 1,4- relationship). In other examples the diiodide may be formed using a mixture of periodic acid and iodine or using iodine monochloride. Other iodination conditions will be apparent to a person skilled in the art. The halogenation conditions used may be varied depending on the nature and/or substitution pattern of the LX-FG groups present. Compounds of the formula (lb) may be commercially available or readily prepared by known methods. For example, as shown in scheme A, compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula LG-Lm-FG with a compound of the formula (la). Nu is nucleophile and LG is a suitable leaving group. Lm is a group that forms Lx on displacement of the leaving group by the nucleophile. Examples of suitable leaving groups include sulfonates, for example tosyl and triflate groups, and halides, for example iodides and bromides. In some embodiments, the nucleophile is an alcohol, amine, or thiol.
Other methods of preparing compounds of formula (l b) will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The method used will depend on the structure of the -LX-FG group(s). For example, compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula Nu-Lm-FG and a compound of formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with LG. Alternatively, compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula Nu-FG and a compound of formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with a -Lm-LG group.
Compounds of formula (lb) may also be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula LG-Lp-FG and a compound of the formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with a -L°-Nu, and wherein Lp and L° are each groups representing a portion of Lx which on displacement of the leaving group by the nucleophile combine together to form Lx. Alternatively, compounds of formula (lb) may be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula Nu-Lp-FG and a compound of the formula (la) wherein each Nu is replaced with a -L°-LG.
The reactive functional group of each -LX-FG group may be protected with a protecting group during preparation of the polymerisable monomers. The protecting group used depends on the reactive functional group. As noted above, protecting groups and methods for their introduction and removal are well known in the art. For example, carboxylic acid functional groups may be protected as esters.
Similarly, where one or both of the heteroaryl rings attached to the central benzene ring is a pyrrole ring system, the nitrogen atom of the pyrrole ring may be protected during synthesis of the polymerisable monomers, for example using a Boc group during the cross-coupling reaction.
The reactive functional group of an -LX-FG group in the polymerisable monomers may be reacted to convert the reactive functional group into another reactive functional group for crosslinking with the probe. Methods for the converting reactive functional groups into other reactive functional groups are well known in the art.
The products of each reaction in the synthetic sequence may be isolated and/or purified from the reaction mixture by standard methods known in the art or, where possible, used without purification.
Polymerisable monomers of the formula (7) as described herein may be prepared by analogous synthetic routes. In such compounds, the central benzene ring is substituted with one or two Y groups, rather than the D groups present in the compounds of formula (1) .
Conducting polymers
The present invention also relates to a conducting polymer comprising a monomer unit of the formula (2)
Figure imgf000049_0001
(2) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein.
The polymer may be homopolymer comprising just one type of monomer unit or may be a copolymer comprising monomer units of formula (2) and one or more monomer units different to the monomer unit of formula (2). As used herein, the term "copolymer" refers to a polymer comprising two or more, for example three or more, different monomer units - that is, two or more monomer units having different structures. Copolymers of two different monomers may be referred to as bipolymers and copolymers of three different monomers may be referred to as terpolymers. The different monomer units may be randomly distributed throughout the polymer or in an ordered arrangement, for example in the form of blocks, depending on how the copolymer is formed. The one or more monomer units different to the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the copolymers may be a monomer unit of the formula (3), (4), (5) or a mixture of any one or more thereof as described herein. It will be appreciated that these monomer units are derived from monomers of thiophene, pyrrole, and 3,4- ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), respectively. Such monomer units may be present in the polymer in any suitable ratio with the monomer unit(s) of formula (2).
In certain embodiments the one or more monomer unit different to the unit of formula (2) is a monomer unit of the formula (6)
Figure imgf000050_0001
(6) wherein Y, p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, the monomer unit of formula (2) and monomer unit of formula (6) are identical, except for the D and Y groups, which are different.
The monomer units of the polymers described herein are linked together to form conjugated backbone. The backbone can comprises pyrrole ring systems, thiophene ring systems, or a mixture of pyrrole and thiophene ring systems. In certain exemplary embodiments, the pyrrole or thiophene ring systems in the backbone are either all pyrrole ring systems or all thiophene ring systems. Such backbones may be easier to form because the polymerisation oxidation potentials of the corresponding monomers are similar. The pyrrole or thiophene ring systems may be the same or different. For example, a polymer backbone wherein the pyrrole or thiophene ring systems are all thiophene ring systems may comprise a mixture of thiophene rings and 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene rings.
In certain embodiments, each Y is independently a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group. Examples of such groups include polyethers and polyether alcohols, such as polyethylene and polypropylene glycols and glycol ethers. In exemplary embodiments Y is a polyether. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors believe protein repellant groups such as polyethylene glycols and glycol ethers in copolymers of the invention are capable of blocking the adsorption of proteins on the surface of the polymer by forming a layer of well-solvated brushes on the surface of the polymer that creates a high activation barrier for proteins to adsorb. The one or more monomer units different to the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the copolymers can provide spacing between monomer units of formula (2), which may reduce steric effects detrimental to formation of probe-target complexes. The ratios of various monomers in the copolymer may be varied to optimize the properties of the polymer for a desired application, for example the ability of probes in the polymer to bind a target or the signal produced on binding of a target by probe, or to optimize solubility in solvents used in sensor preparation . In certain embodiments, the conducting polymer comprises monomer units of formula (2) and monomer units of the formula (6) in a ratio of from about 10.1 to 1 : 1,000, 10: 1 to 1 : 500, 10 : 1 to 1 : 100, 1 : 1 to 1 : 100, 1 : 1 to 1 : 50, 1 : 1 to 1 : 5, or 1 : 2 to 1 :4, or about 1 : 3.
As described herein, the monomer units of the polymers form a conjugated backbone that enables the polymer to conduct electricity. The ability of the conducting polymers to conduct electricity enables electrochemical detection of the recognition of a target by probes attached to the polymer. The conducting polymers described herein may have a conductivity in S/cm of at least about 1 x 10"9.
The present invention also relates to a method of making a conducting polymer of the present invention, the method comprising :
(a) providing a polymerisable monomer of the formula (1) : and (b) polymerising the monomer to provide a conducting polymer comprising a monomer unit of the formula (2).
The present invention also relates to conducting polymers made by the method.
Copolymers may be made by copolymerising the monomer of formula (1) and at least one additional polymerisable monomer, for example thiophene, pyrrole, 3,4- ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), or a monomer of the formula (7) :
Figure imgf000052_0001
(7) wherein Y, p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, and Z2 are as defined herein.
Polymerisation may carried out by any suitable method, as described herein.
Without wishing to be bound by theory the inventors believe that in certain embodiments having D groups located on the central benzene ring of the polymerisable monomers described herein allows polymerisation at the alpha positions of the thiophene/pyrrole ring system with relative ease.
Sensors and sensor systems The present invention also relates to a sensor comprising a substrate having a surface coated with a conducting polymer of the invention. The substrate may provide a solid surface that supports the attached coating of the conducting polymer. The substrate may for example be flexible or rigid.
In various embodiments, the substrate comprises at least one electrode having a surface coated with the conducting polymer. In certain embodiments, the substrate is or consist of an electrode.
Signals produced on binding of a target by a probe can be transduced through the conducting polymer to the electrode. Thus, changes in the electrochemical properties of the conducting polymer may be measured via the electrode on which it is coated.
In various embodiments, the substrate comprises a plurality of electrodes, each electrode having a surface coated with a conducting polymer of the invention At least two of the electrodes are coated with conducting polymers having different probes. In various embodiments, each electrode is coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe. The electrodes are separated from each other by an insulating material. The electrodes may be in the form of an array, for example a microelectrode array. An array may comprise a plurality, for example 2-100, 5- 100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60 or 5-50 of electrodes coated with different probes in an ordered arrangement, for example a two dimensional arrangement of columns and rows. Each electrode is independent from the others such that binding a target to a probe of one electrode can be detected independently of any interactions with probes at other electrodes. Processes for the fabrication microelectrode arrays are well known the art including for example photolithography, etching and screen printing.
In some embodiments the sample may be in a sample holder or sampling device fabricated onto one or more electrode.
In some embodiments the sample may not be in a receptacle or sample holder, but may be retained on the surface of one or more electrodes, for example by the formation of a capillary gap above one or more electrodes.
The electrode(s) coated with the conducting polymer(s) may be a gold (screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode. Other suitable electrodes will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Conveniently, arrays of electrodes, such as screen printed carbon electrodes, are readily commercially available.
Screen printed electrode(s), such as screen printed carbon electrode(s), useful herein may be surface modified prior to formation of the coating of the conducting polymer(s) by a treatment that increases the sensitivity of the electrode to detection of the target. Suitable surface treatments include but are not limited to laser glazing and plasma treatment. In some embodiments, laser glazing using a high-power laser such as an eximer laser converts a screen-printed carbon surface into one resembling glassy carbon. The coating of the conducting polymer is typically in the form of a thin film. In certain embodiments, the thin film is porous. The thickness of the coating or film can range from 1 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 100 to about lOOOnm, for example 20 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 500 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 7500 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 900 to about lOOOnm, for example from about 100 to about 900nm, 250 to about 900nm, for example from about 500 to about 900nm, for example from about 750 to about 900nm, for example from about 100 to about 800, 250 to about 800nm, for example from about 500 to about 800nm, for example from about 7500 to about 800nm, for example from about 100 to 700nm, for example from about 250 to about 700nm, for example from about 500 to about 700nm, for example from about 100 to about 600nm, for example from about 250 to about 600nm, for example from about 500 to about 600nm, for example from about 100 to about 500nm, for example from about 250 to about 500nm.
The present invention also provides a sensor system comprising a sensor of the present invention and a detector for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, for example a detector capable of detecting binding of the target by the probe. Binding of the target by the probe may be sequence specific. For example, in some embodiments sequence specific binding may be by nucleic acid hybridization. It will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art that binding may be achieved by hybridization of a target with less than 100% complementarity to the sequence of the probe by hybridizing under stringent conditions. For example, hybridization under stringent conditions may involve hybridization at a specific temperature and salt concentration. The stringent conditions required for hybridization may be determined by hybridizing under less stringent conditions initially and adjusting the conditions as desired until the stringent hybridization conditions are identified.
The detector is selected based on the desired detection method. The detector may be capable of measuring an electrochemical property of the conducting polymer. For example, the detector may detect by ampereometry, cyclic voltammetry, conductometry, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, or any other suitable method known in the art. In certain exemplary embodiments, the detector is capable of measuring the impedance of the conducting polymer, for example by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy.
To measure an electrochemical property of the conducting polymer, the detector may be connected in an electrical circuit with an electrode coated with the conducting polymer - the working electrode - and a counter electrode, and optionally a reference electrode. Thus a sensor, for example the substrate of a sensor, or a sensor system may comprise a counter electrode and optionally a reference electrode. The counter electrode and reference electrode, if applicable, may be selected based on their compatibility with the working electrode and with the sample and measurement procedure adopted . Suitable counter electrodes and reference electrodes will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The system may further comprise a positive control. For example in some embodiments the system may further comprise a positive control sample
comprising a target, which probes of the conducting polymer(s) are capable of binding. The system may further comprise a redox couple, such as ferro-ferricyanide.
Without wishing to be bound by theory the inventors believe that the
electrochemistry of such redox couples on conducting polymers is sensitively affected by binding of or hybridization of a target with a probe.
The present invention also relates to a method of making a sensor comprising : (i) providing a monomer of the formula (1) as defined herein;
(ii) providing a substrate; and
(iii) polymerising the monomer of the formula (1) to provide a conducting polymer and depositing the conducting polymer on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate; or (iii) depositing the monomer of the formula (1) on a surface of the substrate and polymerising the monomer to provide a coating of a conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate.
The present invention also relates to a sensor made by the method.
A plurality of monomers of formula (1) (i.e. a plurality of different monomers) may be be polymerised to make a sensor to provide a sensor comprising a plurality of conducting polymers (i.e. a plurality of different conducting polymers) at separate, predetermined locations on a surface of the substrate, such as on a surface of an electrode. In some embodiments a plurality of monomers of formula (1) and one or more additional monomers, for example a monomer of formula (7), may be polymerised to make a sensor. Each of monomer of the plurality of monomers differ in structure, each monomer preferably comprising a different probe.
Each monomer may be polymerised and the resultant conducting polymer deposited at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location. Alternatively, each monomer may be deposited at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate and polymerised to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location. The monomer or conducting polymer deposited may be in the form of a solution or suspension comprising the monomer or conducting polymer and optionally one or more suitable solvents. Examples of suitable solvents include volatiles organic solvents, such as DMF or THF, and may include a buffer such as PBS. Following deposition, the one or more optional solvents may be removed, for example by evaporation. Where a monomer is deposited, the monomer may be polymerised prior to, during, or after removal of the one or more optional solvents.
At least two of the locations are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe. Preferably, each location is coated with conducting polymer having different probe.
The substrate may comprise a plurality of electrodes. Each location may comprise an electrode and the coating of the conducting polymer at each location may be on a surface of the electrode at that location.
Sensors comprising a plurality of conducting polymers with different probes at separate, predetermined locations are capable of simultaneously detecting a plurality of different targets. The separate, predeteremined locations at which the conducting polymers are coated may be selected such that the sensor comprises an array of conducting polymers comprising different probes in an ordered
arrangement, for example a two dimensional arrangement of columns and rows. The array may, for example be a DNA microarray.
The monomers or polymers may be deposited on the surface by any suitable method. Where a plurality of monomers or polymers are deposited at separate, predetermined locations on the substrate, such as on separate electrodes, the monomers or polymers may be deposited simultaneously or sequentially. For example, an array of pipettes (for example, an array of micropipettes), each pipette comprising a solution of a monomer or polymer bearing a different probe, may be used to simultaneously deposit the monomers or polymers on the surfaces of a corresponding array of electrodes.
Polymerisation of the monomers may be carried out by any suitable method, for example chemical oxidative polymerisation or electropolymerisation.
In chemical polymerisation, the monomers are treated with an extraneous chemical oxidizing agent, such as ammonium persulfate or iron(III) chloride, to oxidise and polymerise the monomers. The reaction may be carried out at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent, for example nitromethane. Chemical polymerisation is commonly used for the preparation of conducting polymers in solution or bulk solids.
In various embodiments, the monomers are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide. Compared to conventional chemical polymerisation employing other oxidants, oxidative polymerisation using oxygen or hydrogen peroxide as the oxidant is cleaner as the by-product produced is water. In certain embodiments, the oxidant may be oxygen in air or oxygen dissolved in a solution of the monomer(s). An oxygen reduction catalyst where the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst where the oxidant is hydrogen peroxide can be used to increase the rate of polymerisation. Any suitable oxygen and hydrogen peroxide reduction catalysts may be used. A large number of such catalysts are known in the art. Suitable catalysts include, but are not limited to, elemental Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; oxides of Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; and carbon, for example carbon nanotubes, fullerines, or graphene; and mixtures any two or more of such catalysts. In certain
embodiments, the catalyst is platinum or palladium. The catalyst may be in any suitable form. In certain embodiments, the catalyst is in the form of nanoparticles.
The polymerisable monomers described herein may have an oxidation
polymerisation potential sufficiently low that polymerisation spontaneously proceeds in the presence of oxygen (e.g. air or dissolved oxygen) or hydrogen peroxide. However, in certain embodiments, the polymerisable monomers are stable to polymerisation by oxygen or hydrogen peroxide in the absence of an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide catalyst for a period of time of at least 4 hours, for example for at least 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42 or 48 hours and useful ranges may be selected from any of these values. In such embodiments, the rate of polymerisation in the absence of the catalyst is so slow that no appreciable amounts of polymer are formed over the period of time, for example less than about 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 mol% of the monomer(s) polymerise. Monomers having such stability thus and can be stored in solution for later polymerisation. In various embodiments, Z1 and Z2 in the monomers stable to polymerisation in absence of the catalyst are each S.
A solution comprising the polymerisable monomer(s) and optionally one or more suitable solvents, the oxidant, and optionally the catalyst may be admixed in any order to polymerise the monomers and form a solution or suspension of a conducting polymer, which may then be deposited on the substrate. In certain embodiments where the oxidant is oxgen, it may not be necessary to admix the oxidant - the oxidation may be carried out by oxygen dissolved in the solution comprising the monomer(s) or by oxygen in the air. In certain embodiments, where the oxidant is hydrogen peroxide an aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide is admixed with the polymerisable monomer(s) and optionally the catalyst.
Alternatively, a solution comprising polymerisable monomer(s) and one or more suitable solvents can be deposited on a surface of a substrate or electrode that consists of or comprises the catalyst. In certain embodiments where the oxidant is dissolved oxygen or hydrogen peroxide, the solution comprising the polymerisable monomers further comprises the oxidant. The catalyst catalyses polymerisation of the monomers such that a coating of a conducting polymer is formed on the surface. In various embodiments, the monomer solution is deposited on a surface of an electrode consisting of the catalyst, for example a Pt electrode. In other embodiments, the monomer solution is deposited on a surface of comprising nanoparticles of the catalyst, for example Pt nanoparticles. The nanoparticles may be deposited on the surface by any suitable method. In various embodiments, nanoparticles of the catalyst, for example Pt nanoparticles, are deposited on a surface of an electrode by electrodeposition or by deposition and evaporation of a colloidal dispersion of the nanoparticles onto the electrode.
The inventors have found that in certain embodiments wherein oxygen is the oxidant, thin films of conducting polymer rapidly form when monomers are deposited on a surface comprising an oxygen reduction catalyst. Advantageously, in certain embodiments the rate of polymerisation may be such that carrying out the electroless oxidative polymerisation reaction for a period of time from about 1 to 120 seconds may be sufficient to provide a polymer film having a thickness from about 5 nm to 10 pm, preferably from 5 to lOOnm.
In the case of electropolymerisation, polymer film thickness may be controlled, for example by controlling the applied potential and the length of time for which the polymerisation potential is applied and controlling the concentration of the monomer solution.
In the case of electroless polymerisation, polymer film thickness may be controlled, for example by controlling the concentration of the monomer solution and the length of time for which polymerisation is carried on. Electroless polymerisation may be stopped, for example, by washing away a monomer solution with a solvent that does not dissolve the polymer.
Electropolymerisation can be used for deposition of films of conducting polymers on conducting substrates. In electropolymerisation, polymerisation occurs on the surface of an electrode (the working electrode). The conducting polymer forms as a film on the electrode surface. The electrode may be a gold (e.g. screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode. The electrode is contacted with a solution comprising one or more monomers and one or more suitable solvents. For example, the solution may be deposited on a surface of the electrode, or the electrode may be immersed in the solution. The solution may further comprise a buffer, such as PBS.
To polymerise the monomers and form a coating or thin film of the conducting polymer a potential is applied between the working electrode and a counter electrode. A reference electrode may also be empolyed. Suitable counter and reference electrodes will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
Any suitable potential may be applied to polymerise the monomers. Depending on the polymerisation potential of the monomers, the electropolymerisation may be carried out at potential from about 0 to about 1.0V vs (Ag/AgCI (3M KCI), for example from about 0.6 to about 1.0. The potential applied is preferably such that the probe attached to the monomers is not oxidized during the polymerisation reaction.
Various parameters of the electropolymerisation can be used to control the thickness of the conducting polymer coating and the speed of polymerisation.
Advantageously, the inventors have found that in some embodiments conducting polymer films can be formed rapidly, in less than 1 second by electropolymerisation at a potential of 0.8V. Such a rapid speed is useful for the production of sensors and sensor arrays on a commercial scale. In various embodiments, the
electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably between 5nm and lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 10 seconds. Conveniently, a monomer may be deposited on an electrode, and polymerised using, for example a pipette comprising a solution of the monomer and an electrode at the tip of the pipette. The amount of the solution of the monomer is deposited on the surface of the electrode and/or the distance between the tip of the pipette and the surface of the electrode is such that the solution deposited contacts both the tip of the pipetted and the surface of the electrode. The monomer is
polymerised on the surface of the electrode by applying potential between the electrode of the substrate and the electrode at the tip of the pipette. An array of such pipettes (for example, an array of micropipettes), each pipette comprising a solution of a monomer bearing a different probe, may be used to simultaneously deposit and subsequently polymerise the monomers on the surfaces of a
corresponding array of electrodes.
Detecting or amplifying targets
In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample, the method comprising :
(a) contacting
(1) a sample which may comprise a target, and
(2) a sensor or sensor system according to the invention; and
(b) determining the presence or absence or amount of the target when present in the sample.
In certain embodiments, the determining step comprises detecting binding of the target when present in the sample.
The sensors of the invention may comprise a polymer deposited on the surface of an electrode. One or more monomers of the polymer bear a probe capable of binding or adapted to bind a target. In some embodiments the sensor may be a sensor array comprising a plurality of electrodes, each electrode bearing a different probe, and each capable of binding a different target. Such sensor arrays may be useful as diagnostic tools and in various areas of research, including for example forensics and genome analysis. The term "sample" as used herein refers to a composition obtained from any source which may comprise a target. A sample may be an environmental, clinical, biological, food, forensic, or other suitable sample. Environmental samples include, but are not limited to, soil, sediment, water, and aerosol samples. A biological sample may be obtained from plants, humans or non-human animals (including vertebrates and invertebrates) . In some embodiments, a biological sample may be obtained from microbes (such as cells and viruses). Examples of human samples include, but are not limited to, saliva, sputum, feces, tissue, blood, synovial fluid, spinal fluid, serum, and urine samples. A sample may be purified or unpurified and may be treated or processed prior to contacting with the sensor. For example, a sample comprising cells may be treated to lyse the cells and release DNA and other nucleic acids contained therein. A sample may comprise a plurality of targets (i.e. a plurality of different targets).
In some embodiments, the sample comprises double stranded nucleic acid. In various embodiments, the sample comprises genomic nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate. In various embodiments, the sample comprises a lysate comprising genomic nucleic acid. The lysate may be cell lysate, such as a bacterial cell lysate. A lysate, such as bacterial cell lysate, in addition to nucleic acid, typically comprises protein, lipids, and various other components produced on lysis. Lysis may produce solid components or particles in the lysate, which may be removed, for example by filtration, prior to contacting with the sensor.
Advantageously, the inventors have found that samples comprising lysates, such as bacterial cell lysates, comprising genomic nucleic acid can be used directly in the methods, systems, and apparatus of the present invention without having to first subject the sample to nucleic acid extraction and/or purification to separate the nucleic acid from other cellular components, such as lipid and/or protein. Nucleic acid extraction and/or purification methods are well known in the art and typically involve multiple processing steps, are time consuming, and require various equipment (for example, centrifuge, refrigerator, etc.). Nucleic acid extraction and/or purification methods may comprise treatment with a proteinase, extraction with one or more organic solvents, precipitation of the nucleic acid, and/or purification and/or isolation of the precipitated nucleic acid. In various
embodiments, the sample has not been subjected to such nucleic acid extraction and/or purification methods.
The ability to use a lysate as a sample in the present invention, either directly or for example after removal of at least a portion of the solid components or particles produced by lysis, significantly reduces the amount of sample preparation required. As no nucleic acid extraction and/or purification is necessary, the methods, systems, and apparatus can be employed in the field, away from traditional cleanrooms and/or other laboratory facilities necessary for nucleic acid extraction and/or purification, enabling rapid nucleic acid detection on-site.
A sample comprising microbes (for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses) comprising a target nucleic acid may be treated to lyse the microbes and release double stranded nucleic acid, for example genomic nucleic acid, contained therein. A sample comprising double stranded nucleic acid may be heated for a period at a temperature sufficient to dissociate the nucleic acid strands. Heating may be carried out prior to brining the sample into contact with the sensor or while the sample is in contact with the sensor. The dissociated nucleic acid strands are contacted with a sensor of the invention, such as a sensor comprising a probe comprising a single stranded oligonucleotide or polynucleotide. Cooling allows annealing of the dissociated single stranded target nucleic acid to the probe of the sensor. Lysing of microbes may be carried out by heating or other suitable means. The heating may be sufficient to lyse the microbes and dissociate the nucleic acid strands of the double stranded nucleic acid released.
Various components to facilitate and/or assist in the detection or quantification of a target may be admixed with a sample, for example buffers, redox couples (such as ferri- and ferro-cyanide), and nucleotides, nucleic acids and enzymes for a nucleic acid amplification reaction (for example, polymerase amplification).
The method comprises contacting the sensor or sensor array to a sample which may comprise one or more targets. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors believe that in some embodiments the one or more targets in the sample bind to probe(s) on the surface of the polymer of the sensor, for example by hybridization and/or otherwise interacting through non-covalent bonding and the like. This interaction produces a detectable signal, such as a change in a property of the conducting polymer resulting from a change in the conformation of a probe and/or an electronic property of the probe. Any suitable method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, or binding of a target to a probe may be used. Various methods are known in the art.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors believe that the charge transfer resistance (RCT) of the conducting polymer is sensitive to changes in the properties of probes, including changes in the conformation of probes that may result from target binding. A signal produced on a target binding to a probe may be transduced through the probe into the conducting polymer, such that the presence or absence of a target in a sample can be detected by reference to the presence or absence of a detectable change in a property of the polymer.
Signal transduction may occur in a number of ways. For example, in various embodiments binding of a target by a probe may be detected electrochemically. Binding of a target may result in a change in the electronic structure and/or charge distribution near the surface of the conducting polymer that can be detected electrochemically.
In certain exemplary embodiments changes in the electrochemical properties of the conducting polymer may be measured via the electrode on which the conducting polymer comprising the probe is coated, and the detector detects changes in the impedance of the conducting polymer, for example by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS).
EIS is sensitive to the interaction of targets with the polymer surface and may be used to monitor changes in interfacial charge transfer resistance (RCT). In one embodiment RCT measurements may be used to determine the amount of one or more targets in a sample, for example by interpolating concentration for a measured RCT from the calibration curve of normalized RCT VS. log c. The
concentration for a measured RCT is commonly normalized to the RCT value for the film before incubating with the target, denoted as Rcro.
The sensor and sensor array of the invention includes probes selected based on their target-specificity. For example, a probe may be capable of binding or adapted to bind a nucleic acid target or a targets other than, or comprising moieties other than nucleic acids, such as when the probe is an aptamer. The probe may be capable of binding or adapted to bind protein, peptide, polypeptide or nucleic acid targets, for example DNA, mRNA, tRNA or rRNA. In exemplary embodiments the probe is a nucleic acid, capable of binding or adapted to bind a nucleic acid target.
In various embodiments nucleic acid targets may include for example specific nucleic acid sequences characteristic of bacteria responsible for sexually transmitted diseases, upper respiratory tract infections and food poisoning, viruses such as HIV and nucleic acid sequences that may be indicative of particular types of cancer such as bladder cancer and breast cancer.
In some embodiments the probe is an aptamer capable of binding or adapted to bind targets other than, or comprising moieties other than nucleic acids. Aptamers are commercially available or can be produced by a process known as SELEX.
In certain embodiments the target may be selected from chemicals that mimic hormones, hormones, naturally occurring phytoestrogens, narcotics and metabolites thereof. Preferably, the non-nucleic acid target is an endocrine disrupting compound, a steroidal sex hormone, or a metabolite or synthetic variant thereof. Preferably, the non-nucleic acid target is selected from 7p-oestradiol (E2); oestrone; oestriol; androstenedione; testosterone; dihydrotestosterone; pregnenolone; progesterone; 17a-hydroxyprogesterone, 7a-ethynylestradiol; isoflavones; lignans; coumestans; organohalides including organochlorines, polychlorinated organic compounds, polychlorobiphenyl (PCB); alkylphenols; alkylphenol ethoxylates; phthalates; bisphenol-A (BPA); Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane; cholesterol; adenosine; triclosan; or synthetic steroids such as diethylstilboestrol (DES) ; cocaine, heroin and any metabolites thereof. In certain embodiments, the non-nucleic acid target is selected from 17 -oestradiol, testosterone, progesterone, and adenosine. In some embodiments, the target may be a hormone or marker of a condition of disease in a body. For example, the probe could be selective for the detection of hormones and/or metabolites to establish fertility, or status in an animal.
In some embodiments, the probe can be selected for the detection of known markers of disease, for example over-expression of a cancer gene to detect cancer, detection of molecules or substrates associated with infection, or to establish levels of specific metabolites associated with a particular condition.
In some embodiments the target may be an ion, such as an ion selected from bromide, cadmium, calcium, cerium, chloride, copper, fluoride, iodide, iron, lanthanum, lead, nitrate, potassium, sodium, strontium, sulphate, and zinc. In certain embodiments the sensor may comprise a redox couple, such as ferro- ferriocyanide. Without wishing to be bound by theory the inventors believe that the inclusion of a redox couple in the system may lead to increased sensitivity of target detection. In some embodiments the sensor of the invention may be capable of detecting the presence of a target in a sample, wherein the concentration of the target in the sample is less than 10 nM or less than lOfM, for example less than 1 x 10"9, 1 x 10"10, 1 x 10"11, 1 x 10"12, 1 x 10"9, 1 x 10"13, 1 x 10"14, 1 x 10"15, 1 x 10"16, or 1 x 10"17 M. The concentration of the target in the sample can vary. In some embodiments, the concentration of the target in a sample is from about 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"18, 1 x lO"2 to about 1 x 10"18, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"18, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"18, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"17, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"17, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"17, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"17, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"15, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"15, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"15, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"15, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"13, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"13, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"13, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"13, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"11, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"11, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"11, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"11, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"9, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"9, 1 x 10" 4 to about 1 x 10"9, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"9, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"7, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"7, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"7, 1 x 10"6 to about 1 x 10"7, 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"5, 1 x 10"2 to about 1 x 10"5, 1 x 10"4 to about 1 x 10"5, or 1 x 10"1 to about 1 x 10"13 M .
It will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art that in some situations the method may comprise one or more amplification steps to increase the
concentration of the target in a sample to a level that the sensor of the invention is capable of detecting. Suitable methods include, for example, the methods described in US2016/0046977, the entire contents and disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. For example, in some embodiments the amplification reaction may be a polymerase chain reaction (PCR), for example a real-time nucleic acid amplification such as a real-time polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).In another aspect the present invention relates to a a method for amplifying a target nucleic acid, and an apparatus and system therefor.
Those skilled in the art will understand that the term "real-time nucleic acid amplification reaction" contemplates the monitoring in real time of the amplification of nucleic acid, for example by elongation catalysed by a nucleic acid polymerase, for example in a polymerase chain reaction.
Those skilled in the art will understand that the terms "real-time polymerase chain reaction", "real-time PCR", and "RT-PCR are used interchangeably herein and contemplate the monitoring in real time of the amplification of nucleic acid by the polymerase chain reaction.
A polymerase chain reaction typically comprises repeated steps of annealing a forward and a reverse probe to a target nucleotide or oligonucleotide, elongation, and dissociation.
A polymerase chain reaction typically comprises the repeated steps of annealing a forward and a reverse probe to target nucleic acid, elongation, and dissociation. In one embodiment, the PCR of the methods of the invention involves optionally maintaining the reaction volume or PCR reaction mixture for a period and at a temperature sufficient to allow initial dissociation of the target nucleic acid, followed by repeated cycles of maintaining the reaction volume or the PCR reaction mixture for a period and at a temperature sufficient to allow hybridisation of the target nucleic acid to forward and reverse primers, maintaining the reaction volume or the PCR reaction mixture for a period at a temperature sufficient to allow elongation of the forward and reverse primers by polymerisation, maintaining the reaction volume or the PCR reaction mixture for a period at a temperature sufficient to allow dissociation of the nucleic acid duplex, thereby to provide amplified nucleic acid. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction will typically include buffers, and nucleotides, particularly nucleotide triphosphates such as dATP, dCTP, dGTP or dTTP.
As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art on reading the specification, target nucleic acid specificity can be readily achieved by appropriate selection of the nucleic acid primers covalently bound to the electrode and present in the reaction mixture. The present invention provides highly sensitive real-time PCR using electrochemical detection and/or measurement in the presence of one or more redox couples, via an electrode comprising electrochemically-active conducting polymer to which is covalently bound one or more nucleic acid primers. The electrode is present in a reaction volume in which the polymerase chain reaction takes place.
In various embodiments, the reaction volume comprises an electrochemical cell, such as a miniature electrochemical cell. In one embodiment, the electrochemical cell comprises a heat source, such as an embedded heater, and two electrodes, for example two printed carbon electrodes. It will be apparent to a person skilled in the art on reading this specification that one of the electrodes is the working (or detection) electrode, comprising the electrochemically-active conducting polymer and surface bound primer, and the other electrode is the reference or counter electrode.
In one embodiment, the reaction volume is in the form of a miniature well, such as that present on a microtitre plate. In one embodiment, the invention provides multiple reaction volumes, for example multiple wells, having a single heater or thermocycler. In one embodiment each reaction volume, for example each well, is individually addressable and may be configured to amplify the same target sequence thereby to achieve redundancy of measurement for improved accuracy, or to amplify a different target sequence thereby to have multiple analyte capability.
In one embodiment, the real-time PCR system comprises multiple reaction volumes provided with a corresponding heating portion and a detector for detecting the impedance of the first electrode. In certain embodiments, each reaction volume is provided with a controller for controlling temperatures of the individual heating regions independently with high accuracy. In one embodiment, the reaction volumes for PCR reactions are desirably in the form of microcavities. For example, in one embodiment the reaction volume is in the nanolitre volume range, so as to allow for extremely high density arrays of reaction volumes. In one embodiment the reaction volume is associated with a Peltier element to perform heating, cooling, and/or temperature control.
In one embodiment, the detection electrode is prepared as follows: the electrochemically-active copolymer is prepared in colloidal suspension by chemical oxidation or electroless oxidative polymerisation, optionally in the presence of one or more templating agents to maximize the ratio of surface to volume and control the microstructure in the final deposit through control of size and shape of the colloidal particles. For example, in one embodiment the electrochemically-active conducting polymer comprises one or more nanotubes, nano wires, or similar nano-scale structures. The polymer is separated by centrifugation, and washed then resuspended in buffer. The polymer with attached primer is then deposited onto the carbon working electrode by micropipette or by electrochemical printing. Other methods for preparing substrates comprising electrochemically-active conducting polymers are well known in the art, and are amenable to use in the preparation of the electrodes of the present invention.
The present invention recognizes that during real time PCR, the composition of the solution steps in a defined way from one cycle to the next. Therefore, signal correlated with a step is derived specifically from the effect of the presence of the nucleic acid target. Since the concentration of target in the solution approximately doubles in each step, the steps are clear and distinct and progress in a well-defined way, and are clearly separable from any general, non-specific drift in the electrochemical properties of the electrode interface. A further advantage is that the high-temperature stage, at 95°C, dissociates nucleic acid from the electrode surface and thus Vesets' the surface. Thus, immediately after this step, the surface is in a defined initial condition of un-hybridised primer/probe. Evolution of the signal from this state, and a systematic change from one cycle to the next, provides another specific indicator of the presence of the target nucleic acid. Thus, the present invention allows specific detection and quantification of target nucleic acid in a small number of cycles -that is, in a time that is significantly shorter than that required for detection and quantification using other methods, such as optical fluorescence methods.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art on reading this specification that the electrochemical and mechanical stability of the electrochemical measurement interface upon cycling to the high temperatures necessary to implement PCR is important. In particular, for methods utilizing conducting polymers, irregular or otherwise large changes in adhesion of the polymer to the electrode substrate, or in polymer microstructure, or in state of oxidation or doping of the polymer, is undesirable as it may cause changes in electrochemical reaction rate at the polymer- solution interface that militates against reliable and quantitative measurement.
The following non-limiting examples are provided to illustrate the present invention and in no way limit the scope thereof.
EXAMPLES
Materials and methods All reagents for the synthesis of the compounds described in this section were sourced from AK Scientific, Sigma Aldrich, Alpha DNA or other commercial sources and were used as received.
All reactions were carried out under an atmosphere of nitrogen and at room temperature unless otherwise stated.
Solvents were dried prior to use.
Nuclear magnetic resonance was carried out on a Bruker 300 MHz or 400 MHz instrument. Samples were prepared in CDC , DMSO-d6 or CD3OD. All melting points were measured using a Reicher-Kofler block and are uncorrected. Cyclic voltammetry
Polymers formed either by chemical polymerisation or electropolymerisation were characterised using cyclic voltammetry, UV-visible spectroscopy and by
measurements of conductivity.
Cyclic voltammetry was used to evaluate the potential at which polymerisation occurs and to investigate the electroactivity of the polymers formed. Unless indicated otherwise, in the case of polymerisation, CV was performed in the
DMF/PBS (1 : 1) containing the 1 : 50 ratio of monomers 60 (ThPhON) and 7
(ThPhEG) or monomer 50 (PyPhON) and pyrrole and 0.1M sodium p
toluenesulfonate (NaTos). For the characterisation of electroactivity, CV
experiments were performed in PBS (pH : 7.4).
Ultraviolet- Visible Spectroscopy
UV-Visible spectroscopy was carried out using a Shimadzu Spectrophotometer (Model UV-1700) through the dissolution of the polymer in CH2CI2. The polymer solution was diluted to an absorbance value below 0.05 to prevent self-quenching. Conductivity measurements
Conductivity was measured using a Jandel 4-pin probe. 250 mg of polymer was pressed into a tablet and conductivity was measured by pressing the 4-point probe into the pellet, unless indicated otherwise.
DNA sensing experiments
Materials and methods The reagents and solvents used in the experiments described in this section were purchased from Sigma Aldrich, JT Baker, Alpha DNA or other commercial sources and were used as received unless stated otherwise. DNA sequences as shown in Table 3 were obtained from Alpha DNA.
Electrodes
Unless indicated otherwise, 1.6 mm diameter gold disk (MF-2014), 1.6 mm diameter Platinum disk (MF-2013), 3 mm diameter glassy carbon (GC) (MF-2012), standard Ag/AgCI (MF-2052) and platinum (Pt) wire electrodes were purchased from BASI. Leak-free Ag/AgCI (ET072) electrode was purchased from Warner Instruments. Gold, GC and Pt electrodes were employed as working electrodes (WE) whereas standard Ag/AgCI and leak-free electrodes were used as the reference electrodes (RE) and Pt wire was used as the counter electrode (CE). Pt, gold and GC electrodes were polished before use using 0.5 μηη alumina slurry and were then ultra-sonicated in ethanol and deionized water (Milli-Q) for 5 minutes each. Screen printed carbon electrodes were from DropSense (type DRP150).
Buffer preparation
PBS buffer was prepared by dissolving phosphate buffered saline tablets in 200 mL of deionised water (Milli-Q, 18.2 ΜΩ.αη (at 25°C)), stored in the freezer at -18 °C and degassed for 10 minutes before use.
Instruments
For electropolymerisation in example 7 a CH 650 potentiostat, for electrochemical impedance measurements, and for polymerisation experiments in other examples unless indicated otherwise, a Bio-Logic bio-potentiostat was employed. 1.6 mm Platinum disk electrode (BASI), 1.6 mm Au disk electrode (BASI), 3 mm glassy carbon electrode (BASI), as working (WE), Ag/AgCI (in 3M KCI) and leak free (Warner Instruments) as reference electrodes and a platinum spiral wire was employed as the counter (CE) electrode respectively. 1.1 EXAMPLE 1 As shown in Scheme 1, this example describes the synthesis of a 2,2'-(2,5-bis(2- (2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-l,4-phenylene)dithiophene (TGThP)
Figure imgf000071_0001
Scheme 1 : Synthesis of 2, 2'-(2,5-bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-l, 4- phenylene)dithiophene (TGThP) 7 (i) TsCI, Et3N, CH2CI2, 0 °C to r.t., 24 h 90% (ii) t-BuOK, EtOH, 70 °C, 24 h, 85% (iii) I2, Hg(OAc)2, r.t., 6 h, 76% (iv) Pd(OAc2), SPhos, K3PO4, n-butanol, 110 °C, 20 h, 58%, or (iv) Pd(PPh3)4, K3P04, DMF, 70°C, 24 h, 80%. 2-(2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate 2
To a stirred solution of 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethanol 1 (2.00 g, 12.0 mmol) and tosyl chloride (2.29 g, 10.94 mmol) in CH2CI2 (10 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at 0 °C, Et3N (3.06 mL, 21.9 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 h. The reaction was then quenched with the addition of water (10 mL) and the organic layer separated . The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgS04) and solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (3 : 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 2 (2.630 g, 86%) as a red oil. RF = 0.2, 3 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes. XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 3.37 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.51-3.70 (10H, m, OCH2), 3.59 (3H, s, Ar-CH3), 4.14-4.19 (2H, m, OCH2), 7.36 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz, 3-H and 5-H), 7.79 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2-H and 6-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 21.6, 59.6, 68.7, 69.2, 70.5, 70.6, 70.8, 71.9, 128.0, 129.8, 133.1, 144.8. The XH NMR and 13C NMR are in agreement with literature.1 l,4-Bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzene 4
To a stirred solution of 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate 2 (2.86 g, 9.00 mmol) and hydroquinone 3 (0.330 g, 3.00 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) at 0 °C, t-BuOK (1.01 g, 9.00 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was heated at 70 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na2S04) and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified using flash chromatography (3 : 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 4 (0.591 g, 49%) as a red oil. RF = 0.5, (2: 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes), XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 3.38 (6H, s, OCH3), 3.56-3.59 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.69-3.73 (8H, m, OCH2), 3.74-3.76 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.79-3.83 (4H, m, OCH2), 4.02-4.08 (4H, m, OCH2), 6.82 (4H, s, Ar-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 59.0 (CH3), 66.0 (OCH2), 68.0 (OCH2), 69.7 (OCH2), 70.4 (OCH2), 70.6 (OCH2), 71.9 (OCH2), 115.6 (CH), 153.0 (C-l and C-4). The XH NMR and 13C NMR were in agreement with literature values.2 l,4-Diiodo-2,5-bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzene 5
To a stirred solution of l,4-bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzene 4 (0.71 g, 1.77 mmol) and iodine (1.79 g, 7.09 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL), mercury acetate (2.26 g, 7.09 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The mixture was then diluted with CH2CI2 (20 mL) and filtered through celite. The organic extract was washed with sat. aq. Na2S2C>3 (20 mL), sat. aq. NaHCCh (20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic extract was dried (Na2S04) and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield title product 5 (0.782 g, 76%) as an orange oil, which was used without further purification. RF = 0.5, 3 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes, XH NMR (400 MHz; CDCb) 3.38 (6H, s, OCH3), 3.55-3.57 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.62-3.66 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.67-3.71 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.77-3.80 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.87 (4H, t, .7=4.6 Hz, CH2), 4.10 (4H, t, _7=4.6Hz, CH2), 7.23 (2H, s, Ar-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 59.1, 69.6, 70.3, 70.5, 70.6, 70.8, 71.2, 86.4, 123.6, 153.1. The XH and 13C NMR data were in agreement with literature values.3 2,2'-(2,5-Bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-l,4- phenylene)dithiophene (TGThP) 7
Compound 7 was prepared by two procedures - A and B.
Procedure A To a stirred solution of l,4-diiodo-2,5-bis(2-(2-(2- methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzene 5(0.300 g, 0.416 mmol) in r?-butanol (3 mL) thiophene boronate 6 (0.231 g, 1.10 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (0.010 g, 4.46 pmol), SPhos (0.038 g, 0.093 mmol) and K3P04 (0.292 g, 1.38 mmol) was added. The mixture was placed under an atmosphere of nitrogen, degassed by freeze-thaw- cycling, sealed and heated at 110 °C in a pressure tube for 20 h. The resulting mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH2CI2 (10 mL), filtered through a silica plug and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (3: 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 7 (0.151 g, 58%) as a brown oil. RF = 0.4 (2 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexane), IR vmax (neatycnv1 3671, 2972, 2882, 1453, 1353, 1102; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 3.36 (6H, s, OCH3), 3.53 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.64 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.69 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.75 (3H, m, OCH2), 3.93 (OCH2), 4.24 (4H, m, OCH2), 7.09 (2H, dd, J = 5.1, 3.6 Hz, 4- H), 7.28 (2H, s, 3'-H and 6'-H), 7.32 (2H, dd, J = 3.6, 1.2 Hz, 5-H), 7.55 (2H, dd, J = 5.1, 1.2 Hz, 3-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 59.0 (CH3), 69.2 (OCH2), 69.8 (OCH2), 70.6 (OCH2), 70.7 (OCH2), 70.9 (OCH2), 71.9 (ArOCH2), 113.67 (C-3' and C-6'), 123.4 (C-2' and C-5'), 125.6 (C-5), 125.7 (C-3), 126.9 (C-4), 139.0 (C-2), 149.4 (C-r and C-4'). HRMS (EI) found (MK+) 605.1649. C28H38KO8S2 requires 605.1640.
Procedure B To a solution of l,4-diiodo-2,5-bis(2-(2-(2- methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzene 5(0.670 g, 1.02 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), thiophene boronate 6 (0.492 g, 2.35 mmol), K3PO4 (0.719 g, 3.06 mmol), Pd(PP i3)4 (0.011 g, 0.010 mmol) was added and the mixture was placed under an atmosphere of N2. The mixture was heated at 70 °C for 24 h, cooled to r.t., quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (40 mL) . The organic extract was then washed with water (3 x 30 mL), brine (20 mL), dried (MgS04) and solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (1 : 1, hexanes, ethyl acetate) to yield title product 7 (0.461 g, 80%) as a yellow solid .
1.2 EXAMPLE 2
As shown in Scheme 2, this example describes the synthesis of 2,2'-(2,5- dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)dithiophene (MeThP) monomer 10.
Figure imgf000074_0001
8 9 10
Scheme 2 : Synthesis of 2,2'-(2,5-dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)dithiophene (MeThP) 10. (i) I2, H5IO6, MeOH, r.t., 4 h 97% (ii) Pd(OAc2), SPhos, K3PO4, n-butanol, 110 °C, 20 h, 90%. l,4-Diiodo-2,5-dimethoxybenzene 9
Following the procedure by Ko et al,3 a solution of H5IO6 (2.92 g, 12.5 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was stirred for 10 min, then iodine (6.38 g, 25.0 mmol) was added to the mixture. 1,4-Dimethoxybenzene 8 (2.70 g, 20.0 mmol) was added and the mixture was then heated at 70 °C for 4 h. The mixture was poured into a solution of Na5S203 (5.00 g, 31.6 mmol) in water (50 mL) . The solution was filtered and the precipitate was washed with methanol (20 mL), redissolved in CH2CI2 (20 mL) and filtered through a sintered funnel and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford title product 9 as a white solid (7.52 g, 97%). XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 3.82 (6H, s, CH3), 7.19 (2H, s, Ar). The XH NMR data was in agreement with literature values.4
2,2'-(2,5-Dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)dithiophene (MeThP) 10
To a stirred solution of l,4-diiodo-2,5-dimethoxybenzene 9 (0.16 g, 0.416 mmol) in n-butanol (3 mL), thiophene boronate 6 (0.23 g, 1.10 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (0.010 mg, 4.46 pmol), SPhos (0.038 g, 0.093 mmol) and K3PO4 (0.29 g, 1.38 mmol) was added. The mixture was placed under an atmosphere of nitrogen, degassed by freeze-thaw-cycling, sealed and heated at 110 °C in a pressure tube for 20 h. The resulting mixture was then cooled, diluted with CH2CI2 (10 mL), filtered through a silica plug and the solvent removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (3 : 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 10 (0.54 g, 90%) as a yellow solid. MP = 58-60 °C, Rf = 0.7 (3 : 1, hexanes ethyl acetate), IR vmax (neatVcm-1 3340, 3093, 2993, 2939, 2829, 1533, 1393, 1289, 1039; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDCI3); 3.93 (6H, s, OCH3), 7.10 (2H, dd, J = 5.1, 4.1 Hz, 4-H), 7.25 (2H, s, 3'-H and 6'-H), 7.33 (2H, dd, J = 4.1, 1.1 Hz, 5-H), 7.35 (2H, dd, J = 5.1, 1.1 Hz, 3-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCI3) 36.5 (CH3O), 112.0 (C-3' and C-6'), 123.0 (C-2' and C-5'), 125.5 (C-5), 125.7 (C-3), 126.9 (C-4), 139.0 (C-2), 150.0 (C-l' and C-4'). HRMS (EI) found (MH+) 303.0497. C16H15O2S2 requires 303.0508.
1.3 EXAMPLE 3
As shown in Scheme 3, this example describes the synthesis of 6,6'-((2,5- di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 22, a monomer comprising two carboxylic acid groups.
Figure imgf000075_0001
27 22
Scheme 3 : Synthesis of 6,6'-((2,5-Di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4- phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 22. Methyl 6-bromohexanoate 23
To a stirred solution of 6-bromohexanoic acid 24 (5.00 g, 25.6 mmol) in methanol (75 ml.) at 0 °C, thionyl chloride (1.86 ml_, 25.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 ml_), washed with water (2 x 10 ml_), sat. NaHC03 (10 ml_), brine (10 ml.) and dried (MgS04). The solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title product 23 (5.13 g, 96%) as a yellow oil which was used without further purification. XH NMR (300 MHz; CDCb) 1.42-1.52 (2H, m, CH2), 1.56-1.66 (2H, m, CH2), 1.85-1.90 (2H, m, CH2), 2.33 (2H, t, J = 3.0 Hz, CH2), 3.41 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, CH2), 3.67 (3H, s, CH3). The XH values are in agreement with literature.5
Dimethyl 6,6'-( l,4-phenylenebis(oxy))dihexanoate 25
Potassium hydroxide (1.00 g, 17.8 mmol) was added to a solution of 1,4- hydroquinone 3 (0.650 g, 5.90 mmol) and methyl 6-bromohexanoate 23 (3.23 g, 15.3 mmol) in DMSO (10 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and then quenched with water (50 ml_), extracted with CH2CI2 (30 ml_), dried (MgS04) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was
recrystallized from hexane to give the title compound 25 (3.76 g, 90%) as an off- white solid. XH NMR (300 MHz; CDCb) 1.80-1.49 (12H, m, CH2), 2.39 (4H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, CH2C02Me), 3.67 (6H, s, OCH3), 3.90 (4H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, OCH2), 6.80 (2H, s, Ar-H). The XH values are in agreement with literature.2
Dimethyl 6,6'-((2,5-diiodo-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoate 26
A solution of iodine monochloride (3.20 g, 19.7 mmol) in methanol (10 ml.) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of dimethl 6,6'-(l,4- phenylenebis(oxy))dihexanoate 25 (2.00 g, 5.46 mmol) in methanol (20 ml.) at 0
°C. The mixture was heated at reflux for 4 h and left to cool to room temperature.
The precipitate was collected, washed with cold methanol to yield title product 26
(3.24 g 96%) as pale yellow crystals. XH NMR (300 MHz; CDCb) 1.59-1.80 (12H, m, CH2), 2.39 (4H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, CH2C02Me), 3.71 (6H, s, OCH3), 3.99 (4H, t, J = 6.0
Hz, OCH2), 7.20 (2H, s, Ar-H). The XH NMR data was in agreement with literature values.6
Dimethyl 6,6'-((2,5-di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoate 27 A stirred solution of dimethyl 6,6'-((2,5-diiodo-l,4- phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoate 26 (1.00 g, 1.68 mmol), thiophene boronate 6 (0.747 g, 3.05 mmol), tripotassium phosphate (1.18 g, 5.04 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.185 g, 0.168 mmol) in DMF under an atmosphere of nitrogen was heated at 70 °C for 24 h. The mixture was then cooled, quenched with water (20 ml_) and extracted with CH 2CI2 (2 x 20 ml_). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 ml_), dried (MgSCk) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified using flash chromatography (4: 1, hexanes ethyl acetate) to yield title product 27 (0.624 g, 70%) as a yellow solid. RF = 0.5 (3 : 1 hexanes, ethyl acetate); IR vmax (neatycrrr1 2947, 2862, 1728, 1393, 1216; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 1.55-1.65 (4H, m, CH2), 1.69-1.77 (4H, m, CH2), 1.88-1.95 (4H, m, CH2), 2.36 (4H, t, J = 7.4 Hz, CH2), 3.67 (6H, s, CH3), 4.08 (4H, t, J = 6.1 Hz, CH2), 7.09 (2H, dd, J = 5.5, 3.7 Hz, 4-H), 7.24 (2H, s, 3'-H), 7.43 (2H, dd, J = 5.5, 1.1 Hz, 3-H), 7.51 (2H, dd, J = 3.7, 1.1 Hz, 5-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 24.7 (CH2), 25.9 (CH2), 29.1 (CH2), 34.0 (CH2), 51.5 (CH3), 69.4 (OCH2), 112.9 (C-2^ ), 113.9 (C-3^ ), 123.1 (C-3), 125.2 (C-5), 125.8 (C-4), 139.2 (C-2), 149.2 (C-Γ ), 174.1 (C=0) ; HRMS (EI) found (M+) 531.1863. C2sH3506S2 requires 531.1870.
6,6'-((2,5-Di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 22
To a stirred solution of dimethyl 6,6'-((2,5-di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4- phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoate 27 (0.419 g, 0.79 mmol) in THF (30 ml_) and MeOH (30 ml_), 4M aq. NaOH (20 ml_) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product was re-dissolved in water (20 mL). The mixture was acidified with 2M HCI until a precipitate was formed and the precipitate was collected via vacuum filtration to yield title product 22 (0.355 g, 90%) as a yellow solid, which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz; DMSO-d6) 1.53-1.56 (4H, m, CH2), 1.57-1.64 (4H, m, CH2), 1.83-1.87 (4H, m, CH2), 2.20-2.26 (4H, m CH2), 4.12-4.17 (4H, m, CH2), 7.14 (2H, dd, J = 4.9, 3.9 Hz, 4-H), 7.43 (2H, s, 3'-H), 7.57 (2H, d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3-H), 7.71 (2H, d, J = 3.9 Hz, 5-H) 12.00 (2H, s, COOH) ; ). ; 13C NMR (100 MHz; DMSO- de) 24.3 (C-4^ Λ ), 25.3 (C-3^ Λ ), 28.6 (C-2^ Λ ), 35.0 (C-5^ Λ ), 69.0 (C-Γ Λ ), 112.0 (C-3^ ), 112.1 (C-2^ ), 125.5 (C-3), 126.7 (C-5), 126.8 (C-4), 138.0 (C-2), 148.9 (C-Γ ), 174.4 (COOH); IR vmax (neatycrrr1 2943, 2861, 2623, 1706, 1493, 1217 ; HRMS (EI) found (M+) 525.1370. C26H3oNa06S2 requires 525.1376.
1.4 EXAMPLE 4
As shown in Scheme 4 the following example describes the synthesis of 2,2'-(2,5- dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)bis(lH-pyrrole) 28
Figure imgf000078_0001
29 28
Scheme 4: Synthesis of 2,2'-(2,5-dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)bis(lH-pyrrole) 28
Di-tert-butyl 2,2'-(2,5-dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)bis( lH-pyrrole-l- carboxylate) 29
A stirred solution of l,4-diiodo-2,5-dimethoxybenzene 9 (3.34 g, 7.43 mmol), boronate 30 (3.45 g, 16.4 mmol), tripotassium phosphate and
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.410 g, 0.372 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) under at atmosphere of nitrogen was stirred at 70 °C for 24 h. The mixture was then cooled, quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 10 mL), washed with brine (20 mL), dried (MgS04) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified using flash chromatography (3: 1, hexanes, ethyl acetate) to yield title product 29 (1.55 g, 40%) as a red solid. MP = 134-136 °C; RF = 0.2 (2 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes), IR vmax (neatycnr1 3442, 3311, 2978, 1732, 1325; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 1.34 (18H, s, (CHs^C), 3.71 (6H, OCH3), 6.17 (2H, dd, J =3.1, 1.6 Hz, 4-H), 6.24 (2H, t, J = 3.1 Hz, 3-H), 6.81 (2H, s, 3'-H), 7.35 (2H, dd, J = 3.1, 1.8 Hz, 5-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 27.6 ((CH3)3C), 56.0 (OCH3), 83.1 (C(CH3)3), 110.3 (C-3), 112.9 (C-4), 114.0 (C-3'), 122.0 (C-5), 123.7 (C-2'), 131.1 (C-l), 149.3 (C=0), 150.1 (C-l').
The XH and 13C NMR values are in agreement with literature.7
2,2'-(2,5-Dimethoxy-l,4-phenylene)bis( lH-pyrrole) 28 Sodium (0.635 g, 4.30 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and the resulting solution was added to a solution of di-tert-butyl 2,2'-(2,5-dimethoxy-l,4- phenylene)bis(lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate) 29 (0.101 g, 0.216 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 5 mL), dried and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified with flash chromatography (3: 1 hexanes, ethyl acetate) to yield title product 28 (0.40 g, 71%) as a white solid. XH NMR (400 MHz; DMSO-d6) 3.89 (6H, s CH3), 6.10-6.12 (2H, m, 4-H), 6.62-6.64 (2H, m, 3-H), 6.82-6.84 (2H, m, 5-H), 7.25 (2H, s, 3-H'), 11.0 (2H, s, 1-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; DMSO-d6) 56.0 (CH3), 108.2 (C-3), 108.3 (C-4), 109.7 (C-3'), 118.5 (C-5), 119.1 (C-2'), 127.9 (C-l), 149.1 (C-l'). The XH and 13C NMR values are in agreement with literature.7
1.5 EXAMPLE 5
As shown in Scheme 5 this example describes the synthesis of 2,2'-(2,5-bis(2-(2- (2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-l,4-phenylene)bis(lH-pyrrole) 33.
Figure imgf000079_0001
Scheme 5 : Synthesis of 2,2'-(2,5-bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-l,4- phenylene)bis(lH-pyrrole) 33
Di-tert-butyl 2,2'-(2,5-bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)- l,4-phenylene)bis( lr/-pyrrole-l-carboxylate) 34
To a stirred solution of l,4-diiodo-2,5-bis(2-(2-(2- methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzene 5 (0.300 g, 0.416 mmol) in r?-butanol (5 mL), pyrrole boronic acid 30 (0.232 g, 1.10 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (0.005 g, 0.09 mmol), SPhos (0.038 g, 0.090 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (0.292 g, 1.38 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was placed under an atmosphere of nitrogen, degassed by freeze-thaw-cycling, sealed and heated at 80 °C in a pressure chamber for 24 h. The resulting mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (10 mL) and filtered through a silica plug then purified by flash chromatography (3: 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield the protected pyrrole product 34 (0.243g, 80%) as a green oil.
Rf = 0.4 (4: 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) ; IR vmax (neat)/cm"1 2876, 1488, 1430, 1350, 1200, 1100, 1070; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDCb) 1.37 ( 18H, s, (CH3)3C), 3.36 (6H, s, CH3), 3.54-3.72 (8H, m, CH2), 3.88-3.92 (4H, m, CH2), 3.95-3.98 (4H, m CH2), 3.99-4.03 (4H, m, CH2), 4.19 (4H, m, CH2), 6.25-6.28 (2H, m, 3-H), 6.57-6.59 (2H, m, 4-H), 6.88-6.89 (2H, m, 5-H), 7.15 (2H, s, 3 ^ -H) ; 13C NMR ( 100 MHz; CDCb) 27.8 ((CH3)3C), 59.0 (CH3), 69.2 (CH2), 69.8 (CH2), 70.6 (CH2), 70.7 (CH2), 70.9 (CH2), 71.9 (CH2), 78.0 (C(CH3)3), 113.7 (C-3^ ), 123.4 (C-3), 125.6 (C-4), 126.4 (C-2) 126.9 (C-5) 139.0 (C-2 ^ ), 149.4 (C = 0), 150.4 (C- Γ ) . HRMS (EI) found (MH+) 733.3917. C3sH56N20i2 requires 733.3912.
2,2'-(2,5-bis(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)-l,4- phenylene)bis( lH-pyrrole) 33
A solution of protected pyrrole 34 was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and added to a solution of sodium (0.191 g, 8.32 mmol) dissolved in methanol (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined extracts were dried
(MgS04) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified with flash chromatography (2 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 33 (0.089 g, 40%) as a red oil. RF = 0.4 (2 : 1 ethyl acetate hexanes), IR vmax
(neatVcm-1 3380, 2873, 1448, 1200, 1100; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDCb) 3.36 (6H, s, OCH3), 3.53 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.65 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.73 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.77 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.92 (4H, m, OCH2), 4.26 (4H, m, OCH2), 6.25 (2H, m, 3-H), 6.54 (2H, m, 4-H), 6.87 (2H, m, 5-H), 7.21 (2H, s, 3'-H and 6'-H), 10.47 (2H, s, NH); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 59.2 (OCH3), 68.7 (OCH2), 69.6 (OCH2), 70.5 (OCH2), 70.6 (OCH2), 70.7 (OCH2), 71.9 (OCH2), 105.8 (C-l), 108.4 (C-3), 112.6 (C-3' and C- 6'), 118.6 (C-4), 120.5 (C-2), 129.4 (C-2' and C-5'), 149.0 (C-l' and C-4'). HRMS (EI) found (MNa+) 555.2663. C28H40N2NaO8 requires 555.2677.
1.6 EXAMPLE 6 As shown in Scheme 6 the following example describes the synthesis of 6,6'-((2,5- Di lH-pyrrol-2-yl)-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 38.
Figure imgf000081_0001
Scheme 6: Synthesis of 6,6'-((2,5-Di(lH-pyrrol-2-yl)-l,4- phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 38
Di-tert-butyl 2,2'-(2,5-bis((6-methoxy-6-oxohexyl)oxy)-l,4- phenylene)bis( lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate) 39 A stirred solution of dimethyl 6,6'-((2,5-diiodo-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoate 26 (0.492 g, 0.797 mmol), boronic acid 30 (0.370 g, 1.71 mmol),
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.088 g, 0.080 mmol), K3P04 (0.561 g, 2.39 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was placed under an atmosphere of nitrogen and heated at 70 °C for 24 h. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, quenched with water (10 mL) and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (MgS04) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was then purified using flash
chromatography (4: 1, hexanes, ethyl acetate) to yield title product 39 (0.313 g, 56%) as red oil. RF = 0.3 (4: 1 hexanes, ethyl acetate), IR vmax (neatycm^s 2946, 2868, 1773, 1459, 1331, 1142; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDCI3) 1.33 (18H, s, (CH3)3C) 1.50-1.62 (4H, m, CH2), 1.67-1.75 (4H, m, CH2) , 1.78-1.87 (4H, m, CH2), 2.23- 2.27 (4H, m, CH2), 3.67 (6H, s, CH3), 3.75-3.79 (4H, m, CH2), 6.12 (2H, dd, J = 3.4, 2.1 Hz, 4-H), 6.20 (2H, t, J = 3.4 Hz, 3-H), 6.77 (2H, s, 3'-H), 7.33 (2H, dd, J = 3.4, 2.1 Hz, 5-H); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCI3) 24.5 (CH2), 24.6 (CH2), 27.7 ((CH3)3C) 28.9 (CH2), 37.8 (CH3), 69.4 (CH2), 83.1 (C(CH3)3), 110.3 (C-3,) 114.1 (C-4), 114.5 (C-5), 122.1 (C-3'), 126.0 (C-2'), 130.3 (C-l), 149.2 (C=0), 152.0 (C-1'), 174.0 (COOMe) . HRMS (EI) found (MNa+) 719.3509. CseHszNzNaOio requires 719.351.
6,6'-((2,5-Di( lH-pyrrol-2-yl)-l,4-phenylene)bis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 38 Sodium (0.635 g, 4.30 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 ml.) and the resulting solution was added to a solution of di-tert-butyl 2,2'-(2,5-bis((6-methoxy-6- oxohexyl)oxy)-l,4-phenylene)bis(lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate) 39 (101 mg, 0.216 mmol) in THF (5 ml_) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The mixture was then acidified to pH 5 with 2M aq. HCI and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The mixture was resdissolved in CH2CI2 (10 ml.) and washed with water (10 ml_), brine (10 ml_), dried (Na2S04) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified using flash chromatography (2 : 1, ethyl acetate, hexanes) to yield title product 38 (0.063 g, 62%) as a green solid. MP = 98-101 °C RF = 0.4 (3 : 1 ethyl acetate, hexanes), IR vmax (neatycm^s 3449, 2938, 2865, 1695, 1205; XH NMR (400 MHz; CDC ) 1.55-1.60 (4H, m, CH2), 1.73-1.78 (4H, m, CH2), 1.87-1.92 (4H, m, CH2), 2.37-2.41 (4H, m, CH2), 3.99-4.05 (4H, m, CH2), 6.26-6.28 (2H, m, 4-H), 6.58-6.60 (2H, m, 3-H), 6.86-6.89 (2H, m, 5-H), 7.06 (2H, s, 3'-H), 9.80 (2H, s, NH); 13C NMR (100 MHz; CDCb) 24.3 (CH2), 25.6 (CH2), 29.0 (CH2), 33.8 (CH2), 69.7 (CH2), 106.5 (C-3), 109.0 (C-4), 110.2 (C-3'), 118.5 (C-5), 127.9 (C-2'), 129.3 (C-2), 152.6 (C-1'), 178.7 (COOH) . HRMS (EI) found (MNa+) 491.2153. C26H32N2Na06 requires 491.2153.
1.7 EXAMPLE 7
This example describes the preparation and use of a polymer of the invention for DNA sensing.
Attachment of probe to monomer
200 μΙ of a 1000 μΜ solution of 6,6'-((2,5-di(thiophen-2-yl)-l,4- phenylenebis(oxy))dihexanoic acid 22 in DMSO, 1685 μΙ of /V-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS)-l-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) (in PBS pH 7.4) and 15 μΙ poly(4-styrenesulfonic acid) (PSS) were mixed at 28°C for 30 minutes. Then 100 μΙ of a 1000 μΜ solution of probe DNA sequence (see Table 2) was added to the solution and mixed at the same temperature for another 90 minutes to conjugate the probe to the monomer. In a 2 ml solution the final concentration of compounds were: 50 μΜ probe DNA, 100 μΜ monomer, 200 μΜ NHS-EDC each and 0.0075% PSS (v/v PSS: PBS/DMSO) with a final pH of 6.0.
Table 2: DNA sequences (FGFR3) for the probe and the target used in the DNA sensing experiments. The probe and target oligonucleotide sequences used in this example were single stranded oligonucleotides (ssONs).
Probe DNA N H2-(CH2)6-CAGTAGACGGGGGTGTCACGCGAC (SEQ ID sequence NO: 2)
Target DNA
GTCATCTGCCCCCACAGAGCGCTG (SEQ ID NO: 8)
sequence
Electopolymerisation
The monomer with the probe DNA attached, was then polymerised on Pt electrodes without further purification.
Electrodeposition was performed using a pulse growth technique applying 0.8 V potential for 2 pulses (25 ms per pulse). Upon polymerisation, the electrode was washed with Milli-Q water to remove excess unreacted monomer and DNA.
Electrodeposition of the conducting polymer-DNA complex was confirmed by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) measurements in the presence of 5 mM K3[Fe(CN)6] and K4[Fe(CN)6] 3H20.
Detection of target For the detection of target DNA, 1000 nM of the target DNA sequence was dropped on the electrode and the temperature was kept at 42°C for 60 minutes. The electrode was then washed with Milli-Q water and another EIS measurement was carried out. As can be seen from Figure 1, target hybridization led to 79% change of the charge transfer resistance of the polymer, which confirms the effective detection of target sequence.
The sensitivity of the fabricated sensor was investigated by measuring the sensor EIS response following the addition of different concentrations of the target DNA shown in Table 2 above. The results are shown in Figure 2.
1.8 EXAMPLE 8 24 Base sequences of oligonucleotides (ONs) of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (PBGD), bladder cancer (FGFR 3) and non-Hodgkin lymphoma (Non-Hodgkin) were purchased from Alpha DNA. Sequences are provided in Table 3. The probe and target oligonucleotide sequences used in this example were single stranded oligonucleotides (ssONs).
Table 3: Names and sequences of employed oligonucleotides
Oligonucleotide 24 base sequence from 5' to 3'
N H2-(CH2)6-GGTCTAGCTACAGAGAAATCTCGA (SEQ
Non-Hodgkin probe
ID NO: 1)
Non-Hodgkin target I CGAGA I 1 I C I C I G I AGC I AGACC (SbQ ID NO: b)
Non-Hodgkin mismatch A I CGAGA I 1 1 C 1 CAG 1 AGC 1 AGACC (SbQ ID NO: 5)
Non-Hodgkin mismatch B I CGAGA I 1 I C I C I C I AGC 1 AGACC (SbQ ID NO: /)
N H2-(CH2)6-CAGTAGACGGGGGTGTCACGCGAC
FGFR 3 probe
(SEQ: ID NO 2)
NH2-(CH2)6-CA I C I 1 1 GGGC 1 G 1 1 1 I C I 1 CCGC (SbQ
PBGD probe
ID NO: 3)
PBGD target GCGGAAGAAAACAGCCCAAAGATG (SEQ ID NO: 9)
Monomer- DNA coupling procedure
All the solvents were degassed by flushing N2 into the reaction vessel for 10 minutes prior to use. 100 μΙ of the monomer (either monomer 22 or 38) stock solution (200 μΜ in tetrahydrofuran (THF)) was pipetted into a plastic 1.5 ml eppendorf tube. 100 μΙ of PBS (pH 6.5) containing EDC (20 mM) and NHS (10 mM) was added to the eppendorf tube. The solution was gently shaken under N2 in the dark for 1 hour at 28°C. An additional 100 μΙ of THF and 100 μΙ of 1 mM
oligonucleotide probe solution in PBS (pH : 7.5) were then added to the eppendorf tube and the solution was mixed for another 2 hours at 28°C, under N2, in the dark. The final solution contained 250 μΜ of oligonucleotide (ON), 50 μΜ of the
monomer, 5 mM of EDC and 2.5 mM NHS in total of 400 μΙ of THF/PBS (pH : 7) 1 : 1 solution. For Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and sensitivity experiments, monomer 38 was grafted with the 24 base sequence Non-Hodgkin probe to give monomer 50 and monomer 22 was grafted with the 24 base sequence PBGD probe to give monomer 60. For sensing selectivity measurements both monomers (monomer 38 and monomer 22) were grafted with Non-Hodgkin target sequences. THF was then removed under vacuum or by flushing with l\h and the remaining aqueous solution was centrifuged at 12500 rpm for 10 minutes. The supernatant solution (containing unreacted NHS, EDC and unbound
oligonucleotides) was removed by carefully pipetting it out and the solid residue was washed with excess PBS (pH 7.4) and centrifuged again for another 10 minutes. The supernatant was once more carefully removed by pipetting it out and the precipitate was dried under vacuum. The sample was kept in the freezer at - 18°C unless used immediately. The sample was used within 2 days of preparation.
In the case of coupling probes to monomer 38, weighing the monomer, stock solution preparation, oligonuceotide and THF addition were performed in a box under an atmosphere of N2.
FTIR characterisation
To confirm the covalent coupling of the oligonucleotide probes to the monomers, FTIR spectra of the monomers prior to and post attachment were recorded. The FTIR spectra were collected between 400-4000 cm-1 using a Bruker Vertex 70 spectrometer in absorbance mode. To take the monomer spectrum, 100 μΙ of a stock solution of monomers 38 and 22 (200 μΜ in tetrahydrofuran (THF)) were pipetted into a plastic 1.5 ml eppendorf tube. The solution was carefully pipetted onto the sample compartment of a diamond attenuated total reflection (ATR) cell, then allowed to sit until the THF completely evaporated and the monomers precipitated onto the diamond. FTIR spectra of the monomers post-oligonucleotide probe attachment were collected by dissolving the dried samples in 100 μΙ of THF, pipetting the solution onto the sample compartment of the FTIR diamond, waiting for the THF to evaporate, and then recording the spectrum.
Oligonucleotide coupling of monomer 38 with the Non-Hodgkin probe and monomer 22 with the PBGD probe was confirmed by FTIR. Overlapped FTIR spectra before and after oligonucleotide probe coupling for both monomers 38 and 22 are presented in Figure 3. Peaks at 1710 cm-1 and 1737 cm-1 represent the C=0 stretch of carboxylic acid groups for monomer 22 and monomer 38, respectively. After the attachment these peaks were clearly shifted to 1647 cm-1 and 1636 cm-1 respectively, corresponding to the amide C=0 stretch of DNA which the inventors believe to indicate oligonucleotide probe coupling to the carboxylic acid
functionalised monomers. The broad peak between 3000 cm-1 and 3700 cm-1, arising from the N-H stretch, was also suggestive of amide bond formation. In the spectra of both monomer 22 and 38 there is no peak in the region up to 1000 cm" 1, whereas in the spectra of copolymers P70 and P80 there is a peak at 455 cm-1 which may be attributed to the PO3 stretching in DNA.
Electrochemical deposition of the sensing films The monomers with the attached oligonucleotide probes were dissolved in 200 μΙ of dimethyl formamide (DMF)/PBS (pH=7.4) (1 : 1, vol/vol). 500 μΙ of the 2 mM TGThP 7 solution was added into a glass vial. That solution was combined with the monomer 60 solution. 400 μΙ of DMF and 900 μΙ of PBS (pH=7.4) were added to make 2 ml of the final solution. Monomer 50 was dissolved in 200 μΙ of 1 : 1 dimethyl formamide (DMF) / PBS (pH=7.4) (1 : 1, vol/vol) and separately 10 mM solution of pyrrole was prepared in DMF. 100 μΙ of pyrrole solution was combined with the 200 μΙ monomer 50 solution. 1700 μΙ of PBS (pH=7.4) was added to make 2 ml of the final solution. In both cases, 0.0388 g of sodium para-toluene sulfonate (NaToS) was weighed into the reaction solutions and mixed until the salt was fully dissolved. Thus, the final solution contained 10 μΜ of monomer 60 (or monomer 50), 500 μΜ of TGThP 7 (or pyrrole), and 0.1 M sodium para-toluene sulfonate in 2 ml of DMF / PBS (1 : 1) mixture. Based on the amount of starting monomers used, the calculated ratio of the oligonucleotide-grafted monomers to either TGThP 7 or pyrrole was 1 : 50 mol/mol. The monomers were co-polymerised onto a 2 mm diameter gold disk electrode (BASI) in the case of monomer 60 and onto a 3 mm diameter GC electrode in the case of monomer 50, in a 3-electrode electrochemical cell containing a leak- free Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI) reference electrode (+0.242 V vs. standard hydrogen electrode SHE) and Pt wire counter electrode, by applying 0.8 V until 3.0 (±0.5) pC charge was passed, which took approximately 0.5 s. For electrochemical characterization, cyclic voltammetry (CV) of the copolymer of monomer 50 with pyrrole (copolymer P70J and a copolymer of monomer 60 with monomer 7 (copolymer P80) were recorded in a monomer free solution of PBS at different scan rates (100 to 500 mV/s). After oligonucleotide coupling to the carboxylic acid functionalised monomers, electrocopolymerisation CVs of the copolymer P80 - (TGThP 7 : ThPhON 60 50 : 1 mol/mol) on a gold electrode and of P70 (Py: PyPhON 50 : 1 mol/mol) on a GC elect¬ rode - showed copolymer formation with onset at 0.8 V and 0.6 V, respectively (Figure 4A and 4B) . Based on these results, the sensor films for the further study were electrocopolymerised at a constant potential of 0.8 V. Oligonucleotide- functionalised copolymer films formed in 0.5 s (Figure 5) . They showed electroactivity in PBS buffer (pH 7.4), as seen in Figure 6A and 6C. Dependence of oxidation currents for these oligonucleotide-functionalised films versus scan rate, in a log (Iox)-log (scan rate) graph, further confirmed the electrochemical activity of the polymerised films, can be seen in the insets of Figure 6A and 6C. Electron microscopy images (Figure 6B and 6D) show the porous morphology of the films, which the inventors believe is important for achieving a high detection sensitivity for DNA hybridisation .
DNA sensing experiments The fabricated sensing electrodes comprising copolymers P70 and P80 functionalised with oligonucleotides were tested by incubating the electrodes in solutions of increasing concentration of the complementary target seq uences (5 " GCGGAAGAAAACAGCCCAAAGATG 3 ^ (SEQ ID NO : 9), the PBGD target oligonucleotide sequence) for copolymer P80 and (5 TCGAGATTTCTCTGTAGCTAGACC 3' (SEQ ID NO: 5), the Non-Hodgkin target oligonucleotide sequence) for copolymer P70. The incubation (hybridization) was performed at 42°C for 60 minutes for each ta rget concentration . The electrodes were washed with deionised water (Milli Q, 18.2 MOhm.cm), followed by PBS (pH 7.4) and electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) measurements were carried out in the presence of K3[Fe(CN)6] and K4[Fe(CN)6] (5 mM each) redox couple. The EIS curves were fitted with a Randle's equivalent circuit, as shown in the inset of Figure 8B and 8D, where RS represents solution resistance, CPE a constant phase element, RCT the charge transfer resistance and W the Warburg diffusion element. The obtained values of RCT were normalised to the Rcro (RCT for the film before incubation with the target oligonucleotide-containing solutions), and plotted in dependence on log [c(oligonucleotide)] .
Detection of the oligonucleotide targets, present in the buffer solutions, was investigated by electrochemically probing the sensor films by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) . EIS was carried out in PBS (pH : 7.4) containing [Fe(CN)6]3"74" (5 mM each) after 60 mi n of incubation of the films in target-containing buffers. 60 mi n was chosen as a study on the hybridisation kinetics (Figure 7) showed that by that time >70% of the maximum EIS signal was obtained . A range of concentrations of the complementary target solutions of PBGD and Non-Hodgkin ssON target sequences were introduced onto the copolymer P80 and copolymer P70 modified electrodes, respectively. Figure 8A and 8C show impedance diagrams for copolymer P70 and copolymer P80 electrodes respectively, in PBS (pH : 7.4) containing [Fe(CN)6]3"74" (5 mM each), incubated with increasing concentration of the complementary target solutions. It is notable that fM range concentrations of the Non-Hodgkin sequence (shown in Figure 8A) resulted in an observable change in impedance of the copolymer P70 modified electrode and that pM concentrations of PBGD sequence resulted in a distinguishable change in EIS spectra of the copolymer P80 modified electrode (as shown in Figure 8C) . Normalised changes in the values of the fitted charge transfer resistances ARCT/RCT°, taken as the sensor response, are presented in Figures 8B and 8D. The inventors believe that the increase in A ?CT/ ?CT° may be attributed to specific oligonucleotide probe - target Watson-Crick base pairing . To examine the extent of any variation in the EIS properties of the films themselves in the absence of DNA hybridisation during the time required for hybridisation, the films were incubated in only PBS (pH : 7.4) without any target sequences present in the solution . Negligible change was observed for both of the polymer films (hollow symbols in the graphs of Figures 8B and 8D which represent these blank experiments for each of the different target concentrations) .
Detection of very low concentrations of complementary sequences was achieved with these sensor films, a long with dynamic range before signal saturation of 5-6 orders of magnitude. Calculations to determine the minimum detectable concentration indicated that 1.6x l0" 17 M ( 16 aM) of Non Hodgkin target could be detected with copolymer P70 and 4x l0" 13 M (0.4 pM) of PBGD target could be detected with copolymer P80. From the linear range of the sensor response (Figure 8B and 8D), sensitivity of 0.341 units/[log (cone./ M)] was calculated for P80 sensor and 0.841 units/[log (cone./ M)] for the P70 sensor. The inventors believe that the almost 4 orders of magnitude lower detection limit and 2.5 times higher sensitivity of the P70 sensing film compared to that of P80 may be due to the higher hydrophilicity, and therefore better electroactivity and a more nanoporous morphology of P70 sensing film.
1.9 EXAMPLE 9 Selectivity of P91 (poly(PyPhON-co-Py), polymer formed by the attachment of the Non-Hodgkin probe (see Table 3) to monomer 38 and co-polymerising with pyrrole) and P92 (poly(ThPhON-coThPhEG), polymer formed by the attachment of the Non- Hodgkin probe (see Table 3) to monomer 22 and copolymerising with monomer 7) modified electrode sensor films towards the fully complementary target oligonucleotides was investigated by incubating the films in solutions of the fully complementary sequence (Non-Hodgkin gene), a first base mismatched Non-Hodgkin sequence (Non-Hodgkin mismatch A, see Table 3), a second base mismatched Non- Hodgkin sequence (Non-Hodgkin mismatch B, see Table 3) and fully non- complementary oligonucleotide sequences. The fully non-complementary target was a 24 base sequence of the PBGD target (see Table 3). For selectivity studies of the P91 sensing films, 1 pM concentrations of the oligonucleotides were used, while for P92 sensing films, 1 nM solutions of each oligonucleotide were used . The different concentrations were chosen from the high concentration region of the linear ranges of the sensor responses, which were different for each sensor as shown in Figures 7A and 7B). For P91 sensing films the response signals as a fraction of that for the fully complementary oligonucleotide were 1.4%, 6% and 13% for non-complementary, Non-Hodgkin mismatch B and Non-Hodgkin mismatch A ONs (see Table 3) respectively (Figure 9A). These results demonstrate the selectivity of the sensor film. In the case of P92 sensing film, 1 nM of the non-complementary, Non-Hodgkin mismatch B and Non-Hodgkin mismatch A oligonucleotide (see Table 3) solutions led to response signals of 4.4%, 22.1% and 43.4% respectively, as a fraction of the signal observed in response to the fully complementary Non-Hodgkin sequence (Figure 9B).
1.10 EXAMPLE 10
This example shows a process for fabrication of sensing films that involves simultaneous sensing film deposition and probe immobilisation on the electrode surface. This procedure can be adapted for fabrication of gene array sensors comprising a 'library' of oligonucleotides pre-attached to monomers that can be immobilised onto electrode surfaces. Monomers carrying three different oligonucleotide probes - sequences from Non-Hodgkin (monomer 61), PBGD (monomer 60) and FGFR3 (monomer 62) were synthesised by reacting monomer 22 with each of the probe sequences shown in Table 3. Monomers 60, 61, and 62 were then copolymerised with monomer 7 to give the resulting copolymer thin films P63, P64 and P65 respectively, each of which were deposited on different gold electrodes. These sensing films were incubated with a PBS solution containing two target oligonucleotides at concentrations of 1 pM for each of Non-Hodgkin and PBGD genes (Figure 10). Subsequent EIS measurements indicated strong signals from the two sensing films bearing probes for Non-Hodgkin and PBGD genes, with a sensor response of 37% and 35% respectively. A small change was observed in the EIS spectrum of the sensing film carrying the sequence probe complementary to FGFR3 (ca. 1%).
1.11 EXAMPLE 11
This example shows the polymerisation of monomers on a carbon surface using electroless oxidative polymerisation in the presence of a Pt nanoparticle catalyst.
To activate the surface of the electrode, Pt nanoparticles were electrodeposited (-0.1 V for 20 seconds) on 3mm glassy carbon (GC) electrodes from a 0.5M H2SO4 containing 5 mM faPtCU. Figure 11A shows the CV trace of the GC electrodes before and after Pt nanoparticle deposition. Figures 11B and 11C show optical pictures of the electrodes before and after deposition respectively.
In a first experiment a monomer solution containing monomer 22 and monomer 7 (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) in PBS-THF (1 : 1) was prepared . 10 μΙ_ of the monomer solution was drop casted on the Pt-nanparticle activated GC electrode with the Pt nanoparticles on its surface and washed after 3 minutes. The change in CV and EIS confirms the formation of the copolymer on the electrode surface.
In a second experiment, a monomer solution containing monomer 22 and monomer 7 (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) in PBS-THF (1 : 1) and 0.1M sodium tosylate (NaToS) which acts as the dopant for the conducting polymer, was prepared. 10 μΙ_ of the monomer solution was drop casted onto the Pt nanoparticle-activated carbon electrode and washed after 3 minutes. The CV traces and EIS spectra for the ferro- ferricyanide redox reaction and optical pictures of the electrodes resulting from this experiment are shown in Figures 13A-C respectively. The flattening of the CV trace and the increase of electrode impedance both confirm coating of the electrode by the copolymer film.
In a third experiment, to investigate polymerisation kinetics a monomer solution containing oligonucleotide-functionalised monomer 60 and monomer 7 (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) in PBS-THF (1 : 1) and 0.1M NaToS was prepared. 10 μΙ_ of the monomer solution was drop casted onto the Pt nanoparticle-activated carbon electrode and washed after 30, 60, 120, 240, 360 seconds. The CV traces obtained for the ferro- ferricyanide redox reaction are shown in Figure 14A. Figures 14B-G show pictures of the electrodes obtained before (14B) and after 30 (14C), 60 (14D), 120 (14E), 240 (14F), 360 (14G) seconds of polymerisation respectively. Measurement of the EIS spectrum for the ferro-ferricyanide reaction gave a value for the charge transfer resistance for this reaction on the polymer-modified electrode. As shown by the relative change in charge transfer resistance in Figure 15, polymerisation induced by air on a Pt nanoparticle-activated glassy carbon surface of a mixture of monomers 60 and 7 may be achieved within 60 seconds.
1.12 EXAMPLE 12
This example shows the polymerisation of monomers on a screen-printed carbon electrode using electroless oxidisation in the presence of a Pt nanoparticle catalyst, and the use of the modified electrode to detect hybridization of a complementary sequence. The DRP150 screen printed electrode assemblies from DropSense that were used for this proof-of-principle demonstration comprise a central carbon disc working electrode, a surrounding arc of Ag/AgCI normally used as a reference electrode, and a further surrounding arc of carbon as the counter electrode. These were operated as a two-terminal system, utilizing only the two carbon electrodes.
A dispersion of platinum nanoparticies in ethanol was prepared as follows. 2.4 mg of K2PtCl6 was dissolved in 5 ml. of distilled water (5 μηηοΙ) and stirred under nitrogen for 15 min at 1000 rpm. Then, 20 μΙ_ of a 2 M NaBH4 solution in triethylene glycol dimethyl ether (40 μηηοΙ) was added in one shot. A dark precipitate appeared immediately. The mixture was stirred at 1000 rpm for a further 15 min under N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was sonicated, centrifuged, and the supernatant solution was removed. The Pt nanoparticies (PtNPs) were then washed with ethanol and centrifuged. They were then suspended in ethanol and sonicated for 10 minutes prior to use. For the activation of printed carbon electrodes, 5 μΙ of PtNP dispersion in ethanol was dropped onto each working electrode. The solvent completely evaporated within 30 seconds.
5 μΙ_ of solution containing 10 μΜ monomer 60 (ThPhON with PBGD probe), 500 μΜ monomer 7 and 0.1 M NaTos in (1 : 1) THF: PBS (pH : 7.4) was drop cast onto the PtNP modified printed carbon working electrode and washed after 60 seconds. An increase in charge transfer resistance measured in a mixture of 5mM each of K4Fe(CN)6 and K3Fe(CN)6 in PBS (2-terminal measurement with potential difference between the two carbon electrodes = 0V) confirmed the formation of copolymer P90 on the electrode surface. Electrodes were then incubated with a lxlO"12M solution of the complementary sequence, in PBS containing ferro-ferri cyanide at 42°C for lhr. The charge transfer resistance increased, signally the hybridisation of the complementary sequence onto the surface-attached probe sequence : ARct/R°ct = 67%. Incubation with non-complementary sequence (lpM) gave
Figure imgf000092_0001
7%. It is not the intention to limit the scope of the invention to the abovementioned examples only. As would be appreciated by a skilled person in the art, many variations are possible without departing from the scope of the invention.
In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of a Markush group, those skilled in the art will recognise that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group.
1.13 EXAMPLE 13
This example demonstrates the use of two copolymers, PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG)), comprising a ssON F1630 probe in sensors for the detection of (i) synthetic E. coli DNA and (ii) extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA. The ssON probe was 5' NH2-(CH2)6-CTAGTTTAGACAGCTAGGAAGG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 4).
The E. coli BL21 genome (GenBank CP001509.3) contains a sequence ( CTAGTTTAG AC A (SEQ ID NO: 11)) that is 100% identical to the 5' region of the ssON F1630 probe. The ssON F1630 probe and target DNA sequences and the Non-Hodgkin ssDNA probe sequences used in this and subsequent examples were sourced from Alpha DNA.
General procedures
Monomer DNA Attachment
Monomer DNA attachment was carried out as follows. All the solvents were degassed by flushing with N2 into the reaction vessel for 10 minutes prior to use. 100 μΙ_ of the monomer 38 stock solution (200 μΜ in tetrahydrofuran (THF)) was pipetted into a plastic 1.5 ml. eppendorf tube. 100 μΙ_ of PBS (pH 6.5) containing EDC (20 mM) and NHS (10 mM) was added to the eppendorf tube. The solution was gently shaken under N2 in the dark for 1 hour at 28°C. An additional 100 μΙ_ of THF and 100 μΙ_ of 1 mM ssON F1630 probe solution (5' NH2-(CH2)6-
CTAGTTTAGACAGCTAGGAAGG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 4)) in PBS (pH : 7.5) were then added to the eppendorf tube and the solution was mixed for another 2 hours at 28°C, under N2, in the dark. The final solution contained 250 μΜ of oligonucleotide (ON), 50 μΜ of the monomer, 5 mM of EDC and 2.5 mM NHS in total of 400 pL of THF/PBS (pH : 7) 1 : 1 solution. THF was then removed under vacuum or by flushing with N2 and the remaining aqueous solution was centrifuged at 12500 rpm for 10 minutes. The supernatant solution (containing unreacted NHS, EDC and unbound oligonucleotides) was removed by carefully pipetting it out and the solid residue was washed with excess PBS (pH 7.4) and centrifuged again for another 10 minutes. The supernatant was once more carefully removed by pipetting it out and the precipitate was dried under vacuum. The sample of the product monomer 80 was kept in the freezer at -18°C unless used immediately. The sample was used within 2 days of preparation.
Monomer 90 was prepared in the same manner as described above for monomer 80, except with single-stranded Non-Hodgkin probe sequence (5' N H2-(CH2)6- GGTCTAGCTACAGAGAAATCTCGA 3' (SEQ ID NO: 1)) attached to monomer 38 instead of the ssON F1630 probe.
In the case of coupling probes to monomer 38, weighing the monomer, stock solution preparation, oligonuceotide and THF addition were performed in a box under an atmosphere of N2. Electrochemical deposition of the sensing films
PlOO (PyPhON-Py) and P200 (PyPhON-PyPhEG) were formed by polymerising 10 μΜ of monomer 80 with 500 μΜ pyrrole (for PlOO) and 10 μΜ of monomer 80 with 500 μΜ of monomer 33 (for P200) respectively, via applying 0.8 V potential for 0.5s in a three terminal electrochemical cell where glassy carbon (GC) was the working electrode, platinum (Pt) coil was the counter electrode (CE) and leakless Ag/AgCI was the reference electrode (RE). Upon polymerisation electrodes were removed from the solution immediately and washed with PBS (pH : 7.4). P300 and P400 were formed in the same manner as described above, except that 10 μΜ of monomer 90 was polymerised with 500 μΜ pyrrole (for P300) and 10 μΜ of monomer 90 was polymersied with 500 μΜ of monomer 33 (for P400) respectively. Treatment before target incubation After the polymerisation, three cycles of CV were performed on the films in PBS (pH=7.4) between 0-0.3V to allow conditioning of the sensing films prepared by the electrochemical deposition of the sensing films as described above. Before incubation of the sensor with the target oligonucleotide solution, the electrodes were kept in PBS at 42 °C for 1 hour.
Electrochemical measurements
EIS measurements were performed in PBS containing K3[Fe(CN)6] and K4[Fe(CN)6] (5 mM each) redox couple in a three terminal electrochemical cell again where, depending on the experiment, PIOO, P200, P300 or P400 on glassy carbon electrode was the working electrode (WE), Pt coil was counter electrode (CE) and leakless Ag/AgCI was the RE.
A frequency range 100 kHz-O. lHz was scaned at an applied bias potential of 0.23V using leakless Ag/AgCI RE. The EIS curves were fitted with a Randle's equivalent circuit (identical to that shown in the inset of Figure 8), where RS represents solution resistance, CPE a constant phase element, RCT the charge transfer resistance and W the Wa rburg diffusion element. The obtained values of RCT were normalised to the RCTO (RCT for the film before incubation with the target oligonucleotide-containing solutions) .
Extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA target sample preparation - Procedure for growth of cell culture, lysis and genomic DNA extraction from the cellular lysate
BL21 strain of Escherichia coli (E. coli) was g rown in 2.5 ml. lysogeny broth (LB) for 18 h . Bacteria in the LB medium were transferred to PCR tubes and lysed by heating at 95 °C for 5 min using a PCR thermo cycler. Crude bacterial lysate was prepa red by diluting this heated preparation using phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.4) to 6 x lO8 cfu/mL (equivalent to lpM of genomic DNA assuming 1 DNA per bacterium) then passing this mixture through a 0.22 μηη filter and diluting further as required using phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.4) . Genomic E.coli DNA was obtained using commercially available DNA extraction kits (in general : bacterial lysis which may be followed by digestion with proteinase K, then extraction of DNA with phenol/chloroform/isoamyl alcohol and precipitation of DNA with sodium acetate and isopropanol) .
Synthetic E. coli DNA target sample preparation The synthetic E. coli ssDNA that was used in the DNA sensing experiments in the examples herein is the F1630 sequence, 5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10). The synthetic E. coli DNA target samples used in the DNA sensing experiments in this example were prepared as follows. Synthetic E. coli DNA target sequence (F1630 sequence, 5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) was purchased from Alpha DNA in dried/solid state and dissolved in PBS (pH : 7.4) to a concentration of ImM at room temperature. The stock solution obtained was further diluted to lower concentrations using PBS (pH : 7.4) as necessary.
DNA sensing experiments
Synthetic E. coli DNA sensing experiments using PlOO (P(PyPhON-Py)) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG ) )
Electropolymerisation and treatment before target incubation of PlOO, P200, P300 and P400 sensing films was carried out as described above. 50 μΙ_ of the ImM stock solutioncomprising the synthetic E. coli DNA target prepared as described above was transferred onto electrodes comprising PlOO (P(PyPhON-Py), P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG), P300 or P400 and the electrodes were sealed with parafilm. Each electrode was immediately transferred to the water bath and kept at 42°C for 1 hour. After that time, electrodes were washed with PBS and the EIS measurement was performed. After the measurement, each electrode was washed with PBS again. The electrodes were then incubated in increasing concentrations of 100 aM, 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of the ssON F1630 target solution.
The results for these experiments are shown in Figures 16A-C and 18A-C. Figures 16A-B relate to PlOO, Figure 16C relates to PlOO and P300, Figures 18A-B relates to P200 and Figure 18C relates to P200 and P400.
Extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA sensing experiments using PlOO (P(PyPhON-Py))
Electropolymerisation and treatment before target incubation of PlOO, P200, P300 and P400 sensing films was carried out as described above. 100 μΙ_ of the extracted genomic E. coli BL21 DNA target sample was kept at 95 °C for 5 min in order to denature the double-stranded DNA into single-stranded DNA. Then 50 μΙ_ of the resultant dissociated solution (100 aM) was quickly transferred onto electrodes comprising either the PIOO (P(PyPhON-Py) sensing film or the P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG), P300 or P400 and the electrodes were sealed with parafilm. Electrodes were immediately transferred to the water bath and incubated at 42°C for 1 hour. The electrodes were washed with PBS and EIS measurement was performed. After the measurement, each electrode was washed with PBS again and the electrodes were then incubated in increasing concentrations of 1 fM, 10 fM and 100 fM of the extracted genomic BL21 DNA target solution prepared as described above.
The results for these experiments are shown in Figures 17A-C and 19A-C. Figures 17A-B relate to PIOO, Figure 17C relates to PIOO and P300, Figures 19A-B relates to P200 and Figure 19C relates to P200 and P400.
1.14 EXAMPLE 14
Crude E. coli BL21 DNA lysate DNA Experiments using P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG )) and P400
Sensing electrodes were prepared by electropolymerisation of PyPhON (monomer 80) and PyPHEG (monomer 33) (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) to give P200 (PyPHON-PhEG), and electropolymerisation of monomer 90 with monomer 33 (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) to give P400.
Polymerisation was carried out onto a glassy carbon electrode by applying 0.8 V potential for 0.5s in a 3-terminal electrochemical cell where the glassy carbon electrode was the working electrode, platinum (Pt) coil was counter electrode (CE) and Ag/AgCI (3M NaCI) was reference electrode (RE). The electropolymerisation solution contained either monomer 80 and monomer 33 (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) and 0.1M NaTos in DMF: PBS (1 : 1) or monomer 90 and monomer 33 (10 μΜ : 500 μΜ) and 0.1M NaTos in DMF: PBS (1 : 1) . Upon polymerisation the electrodes were removed from the solution immediately and washed with PBS (pH : 7.4). 3 cycles of CV performed in PBS (pH : 7.4) between 0-0.3V for the stabilization of the conducting polymer-immobilised-electrodes.
Cultured E. coli BL21 bacteria were killed and lysed by heating to 95°C for 5 min. The lysate was diluted to 1 pM and was and filtered through 220 nm filter. The filtered lysate was diluted further to provide 100 fM, 10 fM, 1 fM and 100 aM target solutions (equivalent to 6 x lO7, 6 x lO6, 6 x lO5, and 6 x lO4 CFU/mL respectively). 150 μΙ_ of the target solution was kept at 95 °C for 5 min in order to denature the DNA. Then 50 μΙ_ of target solution was immediately transferred onto each electrode and sealed with parafilm. Electrodes were immediately transferred to the water bath and kept at 42°C for 1 hour to allow annealing of genomic DNA present in the sample to the electrode-bound probe.
Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy was performed in a phosphate-buffered saline solution containing 5mM each of potassium ferrocyanide and potassium ferricyanide. After the hybridization, electrodes were washed with PBS and EIS measurement was performed. After the measurement, each electrode was washed with PBS again. The same procedure was applied for the consecutive target concentrations.
Figure 20 shows the signal observed for the range of concentrations of tested E. coli lysate, expressed as molar concentrations. The control measurement gave a smaller, non-specific signal.
1.15 EXAMPLE 15
This example shows the kinetics of detecting synthetic E. coli ssDNA (i.e. 5'
CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) in a sample prepared according to the synthetic E. coli target sample preparation method described above, using an electrode comprising a P200 sensing film.
Electropolymerisation and treatment before target incubation was performed as mentioned earlier.
The electrode comprising the P200 sensing film was carried in a 9.9 ml PBS solution containing 5mM [Fe (CN)6 3_/4_] at 42 °C. The temperature was checked with a thermometer. EIS measurement was performed in a three terminal electrochemical cell where P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) was the working electrode (WE), Pt coil was the counter electrode (CE) and leakless Ag/AgCI was the reference electrode (RE). The first measurement was performed in a target free solution. Then 100 μΙ_ of the target solution (synthetic E. coli F1630 ssDNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3') (SEQ ID NO: 10) target sample as described for example 13 above) was injected in the solution to give a final concentration of 10 fM and EIS measurements were taken at 42 °C. These experiments were carried out in two ways, the first being one in which the target solution was unmixed, and the second being mixing of the target solution constantly at 50 rpm, apart from when the measurements were taken. EIS measurements were performed every 5 min. Figure 21 shows the results of these kinetics EIS measurements.
1.16 EXAMPLE 16
This example compares the responses of sensors based on PlOO (P(PyPhON-Py) and P200 (P(PyPhON-PyPhEG) to synthetic E. coli F1630 ssDNA (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) samples and extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples prepared according to the method described in example 13 respectively. Figures 22 and 23 show that sensors comprising P200 showed stronger responses to both the synthetic ssON F1630 target (Figure 22) and extracted genomic BL21 bacterial DNA target (Figure 23) than the sensors comprising PlOO.
1.17 EXAMPLE 17
This example compares the responses of sensors based on P200 (P(PyPhON- PyPhEG)) to synthetic E. coli DNA samples (synthetic), extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples (extracted) and crude BL21 E. coli lysate DNA samples (crude bacterial) prepared according to the method described in example 13 and crude BL21 E. coli DNA lysate prepared according to the method described in example 14. Figure 24 shows the result of this experiment. The sensor based on P200 has the strongest response to extracted E. coli genomic BL21 DNA samples.
1.18 EXAMPLE 18
This example shows DNA sensing using a conducting polymer film made by electropolymerisation onto screen-printed carbon electrodes.
Screen-printed carbon electrodes (Gwent Electronic materials type C2100126D6 - Heat Curable Carbon Paste) on a plastic substrate (Valox ® FR1) were obtained from Gwent Electronic Materials Ltd. P500 (PyPhON-PyPhEG) was polymerised by applying 0.8 V potential for 20s using a three terminal electrochemical cell where the Gwent electrode was the working electrode, platinum (Pt) coil was the counter electrode (CE) and Ag/AgCI (3M NaCI) was the reference electrode (RE). The electropolymerisation solution contained 10 μΜ monomer 80 (PyPhON) and 500 μΜ monomer 33 (PyPhEG) and 0.1M NaTos in DMF: PBS (1 : 1). Upon polymerisation electrodes were removed from the solution immediately and washed with PBS (pH : 7.4). 3 cycles of CV performed in PBS (pH : 7.4) between 0-0.3V for the stabilization of the conducting polymer-immobilised- Gwent electrodes. After polymerisation, detection of synthetic E. coli F1630 ssDNA target was performed by incubation with different concentrations of synthetic E. coli DNA target (5'
CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) solutions prepared as described for example 13 above at 42°C for lh. EIS were measured after polymerisation and incubation with target solutions.
Figure 25 shows that there is a systematic increase of impedance caused by hybridisation of the target sequence (synthetic E. coli DNA target (5'
CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) to the electrode. Sensitivity to very low concentrations of target is evident.
Figure 26 also shows the effect of polymerisation time on DNA sensing using- P500 (p(PyPhON-PyPhEG)) modified Gwent electrodes after incubation in PBS buffer with 1 fM, 100 fM and 10 pM synthetic E. coli DNA target sample (5' CCTTCCTAGCTGTCTAAACTAG 3' (SEQ ID NO: 10)) . The results show that the sensor response can be optimised by depositing varying amounts of the P(PyPhON- PyPhEG) (P500).
It is not the intention to limit the scope of the invention to the abovementioned examples only. As would be appreciated by a skilled person in the art, many variations are possible without departing from the scope of the invention.
REFERENCES
(1) Brunner, H. ; Gruber, N. Inorganica Chim. Acta 2004, 357, 4423-4451. (2) Winkler, B. ; Dai, L ; Mau, A. W.-H. Chem. Mater. 1999, 11 (3), 704-711.
(3) Ogawa, K. ; Chemburu, S. ; Lopez, G. P. ; Whitten, D. G. ; Schanze, K. S.
Langmuir 2007, 23, 4541-4548.
(4) Ko, S.-B. ; Cho, A.-N. ; Kim, M.-l ; Lee, C.-R. ; Park, N.-G. Dyes Pigments
2012, 94, 88-98.
(5) Lee, J.-M. ; Kim, J. ; Shin, Y. ; Yeom, C.-E. ; Lee, J. E. ; Hyeon, T. ; Moon Kim, B. Tetrahedron Asymmetry 2010, 21 , 285-291.
(6) Vandeleene, S. ; Verswyvel, M. ; Verbiest, T. ; Koeckelberghs, G.
Macromolecules 2010, 43, 7412-7423.
(7) Sakamoto, N . ; Ikeda, C ; Yamamura, M. ; Nabeshima, T. Chem. Commun.
2012, 48, 4818-4820.

Claims

1. A polymerisable monomer of formula (1) :
Figure imgf000100_0001
(1) wherein p is 1 or 2;
R1, R2, R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an electron withdrawing group and an electron donating group; or
R1 and R2 together and/or R3 and R4 together represent an electron withdrawing group or an electron donating group that together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five or six membered ring;
D at each instance of p is independently a group of the formula -L-Px, wherein L is a bond or a linker group, and Px is a probe capable of binding one or more nucleic acids or comprising a nucleic acid or an analogue thereof;
Z1 and Z2 are each independently S or NRa; and
Ra at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
2. The polymerisable monomer of claim 1, wherein the polymerisable monomer has the formula (1A) :
Figure imgf000101_0001
(1A) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined in claim 1.
3. The polymerisable monomer of any one if the preceding claims, wherein p is 2.
4. The polymerisable monomer of claim 3, wherein each D is identical.
5. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the polymerisable monomer has the structure (IB) :
Figure imgf000101_0002
(IB) wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined in claim 1.
6. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein
R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R5, -OR5, -C(0)OR5, -OC(0)R5, -NR5R5, - C(0)NR5R5, -NR5C(0)R5, -NR5C(0)NR5R5, and -R6; or
R1 and R2 and/or R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five or six membered heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R5 at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl; and
R6 at each instance is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R5, -OR5, -C(0)OR5, -OC(0)R5, -NR5R5, - C(0)NR5R5, -NR5C(0)R5, -NR5C(0)NR5R5, and alkyl.
7. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each hydrogen; or R1 and R2 together and/or R3 and R4 together represent -OCH2CH2O-.
8. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein R1 and R4 are identical and R2 and R3 are identical; or when R1 and R2 form a ring and R3 and R4 form a ring, each ring is identical.
9. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each hydrogen.
10. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein Z1 and Z2 are each S; or Z1 and Z2 are each NRa.
11. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein Ra at each instance is hydrogen.
12. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the polymerisable monomer has the formula (1C) or (ID) :
Figure imgf000102_0001
(1C) (ID) wherein D is as defined in any one of the preceding claims.
13. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the polymerisable monomer has an oxidation potential for polymerisation of from about 0 to about 1.0V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI), for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
14. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the linker group has the formula :
-X1-[(CH2)m-X2]x-(CH2)n-X3- wherein x is an integer from 0 to 6; m at each instance of x is independently an integer from 0 to 8; n is an integer from 0 to 8;
X1 and X2 at each instance of x are each independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH2-, -CH=CH-, -0-, -S-, -N(R)-, -C(O)-, -C(0)0-, -OC(O)-, - N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -SC(O)-, -C(0)S-, -N RSO2-, -SO2N R-, and -N(R)C(0)N(R)-;
R at each instance is independently hydrogen or alkyl;
X3 is a functional group through which the probe is attached; provided that the linker group, excluding X3, is not more than 10 atoms in length.
15. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein X3 is selected from the group consisting of -C(=NH)NH-, -NHC(= NH)-, -C(0)NH-, - NHC(O)-, -C(0)0-, -OC(O)-, -NHC(0)CRvRwS-, -SCRwRvC(0)NH-, -SS-, - C(0)NHN=CH-, -CH = NNHC(0) -, -CH = N-, -N=CH-,
Figure imgf000103_0001
O , and O wherein Rv and Rw are at each instance independently H or Ci-6 alkyl.
16. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the linker group is -0-(CH2)m-C(0) N H-, wherein m is an integer from 2 to 8.
17. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the probe is capable of binding one or more nucleic acids in a sequence specific manner.
18. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the probe comprises a single or double stranded oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or an analogue thereof.
19. The polymerisable monomer of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the probe comprises an aptamer.
20. A conducting polymer comprising a monomer unit of the formula (2) :
Figure imgf000104_0001
(2) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined in any one of the preceding claims.
21. The conducting polymer of claim 20, wherein the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2A) :
Figure imgf000104_0002
(2A) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, and Z2 are as defined in any one of the preceding claims.
22. The conducting polymer of claim 20 or 21, wherein the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2B) :
Figure imgf000105_0001
(2B) wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, D, Z1, Z2 and Ra are as defined in any one of the preceding claims.
23. The conducting polymer of any one of claims 20 to 22, wherein the conducting polymer comprises a monomer unit of formula (2C) or (2D) :
Figure imgf000105_0002
(2C) (2D) wherein D is as defined in any one of the preceding claims.
24. The conducting polymer of any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the conducting polymer further comprises at least one monomer unit different to the monomer unit of the formula (2).
25. The conducting polymer of any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (3), (4), (5), or a mixture of any two or more thereof:
Figure imgf000106_0001
(3) (4) (5).
26. The conducting polymer of any one of claims 20 to 25, wherein the conducting polymer further comprises a monomer unit of formula (6) :
Figure imgf000106_0002
(6) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, and Z2 are as defined in any one of the preceding claims; and
Y at each instance of p is independently selected from the group consisting of a water solubilising and/or protein repellent group, hydrogen, alkoxy, polyether, polyether alcohol, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyi, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyi, cycloalkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, nitro, nitrile, -C(0)R5, -OR5, -C(0)OR5, -OC(0)R5, -NR5R5, -C(0)NR5R5, -NR5C(0)R5, -NR5C(0)NR5R5, and alkyl.
27. The conducting polymer of claim 26, wherein Y at each instance of p is independently polyether.
28. The conducting polymer of claim 26 or 27, wherein the monomer unit of the formula (2) and monomer unit of the formula (6) are identical except for the D and
Y groups.
29. The conducting polymer of any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the ratio of the monomer unit of formula (2) to the monomer unit of the formula (6) is from about 10:1 to 1:1,000, 10:1 to 1:500, 10:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:100, 1:1 to 1:50, 1:1 to 1:5, or 1:2 to 1:4, or about 1:3.
30. A method of making a conducting polymer as defined in any one of claims 20 to 29, the method comprising:
(a) providing a polymerisable monomer of the formula (1) as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19, and
(b) polymerising the monomer to provide a conducting polymer as defined in any one of claims 20 to 29.
31. The method of claim 30, comprising co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and at least one additional polymerisable monomer different to the monomer of formula (1) to provide the conducting polymer.
32. The method of claim 30 or 31, comprising co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and thiophene, pyrrole, 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT), or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
33. The method of any one of claims 30 to 32, comprising co-polymerising the polymerisable monomer of formula (1) and a polymerisable monomer of formula
(7):
Figure imgf000107_0001
(7) wherein p, R1, R2, R3, R4, Z1, Z2 and Y are as defined in any one of the preceding claims.
A conducting polymer made by a method of any one of claims 30 to 33. A method of making a sensor comprising: providing a monomer of the formula (1) as defined in any one of claims 1 to (ii) providing a substrate; and
(iii) polymerising the monomer of the formula (1) as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19 to provide a conducting polymer as defined in any one of claims 20 to 29 and depositing the conducting polymer on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate; or
(iii) depositing the monomer of the formula (1) as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19 on a surface of the substrate and polymerising the monomer to provide a coating of a conducting polymer as defined in any one of claims 20 to 29 on the surface of the substrate.
36. The method of claim 35, wherein the method comprises:
(i) providing a plurality of monomers of the formula (1) as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19;
(ii) providing a substrate; and
(iii) polymerising each monomer of the formula (1) to provide a conducting polymer and depositing each conducting polymer at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location; or
(iii) depositing each monomer of the formula (1) at a separate, predetermined location on a surface of the substrate and polymerising each monomer to provide a coating of the conducting polymer at the location; wherein at least two locations on the surface of the substrate are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
37. The method of any one of claims 35 or 36, wherein the method comprises:
(i) providing a plurality of monomers of the formula (1) as defined in any one of claims 1 to 19;
(ii) providing a substrate comprising a plurality of electrodes; and
(iii) polymerising each monomer of the formula (1) to provide a conducting polymer and depositing each conducting polymer on a surface of a different electrode to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the electrode; or
(iii) depositing each monomer of the formula (1) on a surface of a different electrode and polymerising each monomer to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the electrode; wherein the surfaces of at least two of the electrodes are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
38. The method of any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the monomer(s) are deposited on the surface of the substrate or electrode and polymerised to provide a coating of the conducting polymer on the surface of the substrate or electrode.
39. The method of any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein the monomer(s) are polymerised by electroless oxidative polymerisation, wherein the oxidant is oxygen or hydrogen peroxide.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the electroless oxidative polymerisation is catalysed by an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the catalyst comprises Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; an oxide of Pt, Pd, Ru, or Ir; carbon (for example carbon nanotubes, fullerines, or graphene); or a mixture of any two or more thereof.
42. The method of any one of claims 35 to 41 wherein the monomer(s) are stable to oxidative polymerisation by oxygen or hydrogen peroxide in the absence of an oxygen or hydrogen peroxide reduction catalyst for at least 4, 8, 12, 24 or 48 hours.
43. The method of any one of claims 40 to 42, wherein the surface of the substrate or electrode on which the conducting polymer(s) or monomer(s) are deposited consists of or comprises the catalyst.
44. The method of any one of claims 39 to 43, wherein the electroless oxidative polymerisation is of monomer(s) wherein Z1 and Z2 are each S.
45. The method of any one of claims 39 to 44, wherein the electroless oxidative polymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 1 second to about 120 seconds.
46. The method of any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein the monomer(s) are polymerised by electropolymerisation.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the electropolymerisation is carried out at a potential of about 0 to about 1.0V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI), for example from about 0.2 to 1.0, 0.3 to 1.0, 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 to 1.0, 0.6 to 1.0, 0.7 to 1.0, 0.8 to 1.0, 0.2 to 0.9, 0.3 to 0.9, 0.4 to 0.9, 0.5 to 0.9, 0.6 to 0.9, 0.7 to 0.9, or 0.8 to 0.9V vs. Ag/AgCI (3 M KCI).
48. The method of any one of claims 46 or 47, wherein the electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 10 seconds.
49. A sensor comprising a substrate having a surface coated with a conducting polymer according to any one of claims 20 to 29.
50. The sensor of claim 49, wherein the substrate comprises at least one electrode having a surface coated with a conducting polymer according to any one of claims 20 to 29.
51. The sensor according of claim 49 or 50, wherein the substrate comprises a plurality of electrodes, each electrode comprising a surface coated with a conducting polymer according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the surfaces of at least two of the electrodes are coated with a conducting polymer having a different probe.
52. A sensor system comprising a sensor according to any one of claims 49 to 51 and a detector for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target, for example a detector capable of detecting binding of a target by a probe.
53. The sensor system of claim 52, wherein the detector is capable of measuring an electrochemical property of the conducting polymer.
54. The sensor system of any of claims 52 or 53, wherein the detector is capable of measuring the impedance of the conducting polymer.
55. The sensor system of any of claims 52 to 54, wherein the system further comprises a redox couple.
The sensor system of claim 55, wherein the redox couple is ferro-ferricyanide.
57. The sensor or sensor system of any one of claim 49 to 56, wherein the sensor or sensor system further comprises a counter electrode and optionally a reference electrode.
58. The method, sensor, or sensor system of any one of claims 37 to 57, wherein the electrode(s) on which the conducting polymer(s) or monomers(s) are deposited or on which the conducting polymer(s) are coated is a gold (e.g. screen printed gold), platinum, carbon (e.g. glassy or screen printed carbon), stainless steel, indium tin oxide (ITO), or doped silicon wafer electrode.
59. A method for amplifying a target nucleic acid, the method comprising the
steps of
a) providing a reaction volume comprising
(i) a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
(iii) a second electrode;
b) providing a reaction mixture to the reaction volume, the reaction mixture comprising
(i) a sample comprising the target nucleic acid,
(ii) a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence,
(iii) a nucleic acid polymerase,
(iv) a redox couple, and
(v) a supply of reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction; c) performing a polymerase chain reaction, and
d) measuring the impedance of the first electrode at least once during the polymerase chain reaction.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein the reaction mixture comprises a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence.
61. The method of any one of claim 59 or claim 60 wherein the reaction mixture comprises the first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule, or a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to the first portion of the target nucleic acid sequence.
62. The method of any one of claims 59 to 61, wherein the method comprises the additional step of determining the presence or amount of polynucleotide in the reaction volume on the basis of the one or more impedance measurements.
63. The method of any of claims 59 to 62, wherein the method comprises the additional step of measuring the impedance of the first electrode before the first elongation step of the nucleic acid amplification reaction.
64. The method of any one of claims 59 to 63, wherein the impedance is
measured continuously throughout at least a portion of the polymerase chain reaction.
65. The method of any one of claims 59 to 64, wherein the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode and terminating the polymerisation on the basis of the measurement.
67. The method of claim 66, wherein the method comprises measuring cumulative charge passed through the electrode and terminating the polymerisation when a total charge of from about 1.0 x 10"5 C to about 5 x 10"5 C is measured.
68. The method of any one of claims 59 to 67, wherein the redox couple is a
ferro-ferri cyanide.
69. The method of any one of claims 59 to 68, wherein the target nucleic acid is present at an initial concentration of less than 1 pg/mL.
70. The method of any one of claims 59 to 69, wherein the target nucleic acid is present at an initial concentration of less than 1 fg/mL.
I l l
71. An apparatus for real-time nucleic acid amplification, the apparatus
comprising
a reaction volume comprising
(i) a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the monomer unit of the formula (2) in the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
(iii) a second electrode;
wherein the reaction volume is suitable for containing a sample comprising nucleic acid, and wherein the reaction volume includes a heater or is adapted to engage with a thermocycler suitable for PCR.
72. The apparatus of claim 71, additionally comprising a thermocycler suitable for PCR.
73. The apparatus of claim 71 or claim 72, additionally comprising a device for measuring the impedance of at least the first electrode.
74. The apparatus of claim 73, wherein the device for device for measuring
impedance is an LCR meter or is a potentiostat.
75. A system for amplifying a target nucleic acid in a sample, the system
comprising
a) a reaction volume comprising
(i) a first electrode comprising an electrochemically-active conducting polymer according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the monomer unit of the formula (2) of the conducting polymer comprises a first single-stranded nucleic acid molecule capable of hydridizing to a first portion of a target nucleic acid sequence, and
(iii) a second electrode;
b) optionally a reaction mixture comprising one or more of
(i) a second single-stranded nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a second portion of the target nucleic acid sequence, (iii) a nucleic acid polymerase,
(iv) a redox couple, and
(v) a supply of reagents for a nucleic acid amplification reaction; c) a device for measuring the impedance of at least the first electrode; and d) a thermocycler.
76. The system of claim 75, wherein the device for measuring impedance is an LCR meter, a potentiostat, or the device measures impedance by determining the transconductance of or at the first electrode or by cyclic voltammetry.
77. A method for determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample, the method comprising :
(a) contacting
(1) a sample which may comprise a target, and
(2) a sensor or sensor system according to any one of claims 49 to 58; and
(b) determining the presence or absence or amount of the target in the sample.
78. The method of claim 77, wherein determining the presence or absence or amount of a target in a sample comprises detecting binding of the target when present in a sample by a probe.
79. The method of claim 77 or 78, wherein the method comprises amplifying a target nucleic acid in the sample by a method according to any one of claims 59 to
70.
80. The method according to any one of claims 77 to 79, wherein the presence or absence or amount of the target in the sample is determined electrochemically or binding of the target is detected electrochemically.
81. The method according to any one of claims 77 to 80, wherein the presence or absence or amount of the target in the sample is determined by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy or binding of the target is detected by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy.
82. The method according to any one of claims 77 to 81, wherein the method comprises contacting the sample and the sensor in the presence of a redox couple.
83. The method of any one of claims 77 to 82, wherein the redox couple is ferro- ferricyanide.
84. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 83, wherein the sample comprises double stranded nucleic acid.
85. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 84, wherein the sample comprises genomic nucleic acid.
86. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 85, wherein the sample comprises a lysate.
87. The method, apparatus, or system of claim 86, wherein the lysate is a cell lysate.
88. The method, apparatus, or system of claim 87, wherein the cell lysate is a bacterial cell lysate.
89. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 87, wherein the sample or lysate comprises nucleic acid, preferably genomic nucleic acid, protein, lipids and other components, for example cellular components, produced by lysis.
90. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 88, wherein the sample comprises a lysate from which at least a portion of solid components or particles produced by lysis have been removed.
91. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 89, wherein the sample has not been subjected to nucleic acid extraction and/or purification.
92. The method, apparatus, or system of claim 90, wherein the sample has not been subjected to a nucleic acid extraction and/or purification comprising treatment with a proteinase, treatment with one or more organic solvents, precipitation of the nucleic acid, and/or purification and/or isolation of the precipitated nucleic acid.
93. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 91, wherein the sample comprises a double stranded nucleic acid.
94. The method of claim 92, wherein the method comprises:
heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to dissociate the nucleic acid strands, and
contacting the dissociated nucleic acid strands with the sensor or sensor system of the present invention, and
cooling to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system. 95. The method, apparatus, or system of any one of claims 59 to 91, wherein the sample comprises microbes (for example, cells, such as bacteria, or viruses) comprising a target nucleic acid.
96. The method of claim 95, wherein the method comprises:
lysing the microbes,
heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein,
contacting the dissociated nucleic acid strands with the sensor or sensor system of the present invention, and
cooling to anneal the target nucleic acid with a probe of the sensor or sensor system.
97. The method of claim 96, wherein the method comprises heating the sample for a period at a temperature sufficient to lyse the microbes and dissociate double stranded nucleic acid contained therein.
98. The method of any one of claims 46, 47, 58, wherein the
electropolymerisation provides a polymer film having a thickness of from about 5nm to ΙΟμηη, preferably from 5nm to lOOnm, when carried out for a period of time from about 0.1 seconds to about 30 seconds.
PCT/IB2017/055408 2016-09-09 2017-09-08 Conducting polymers and uses thereof Ceased WO2018047101A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780069154.8A CN109963893A (en) 2016-09-09 2017-09-08 Conductive polymers and their uses
AU2017323604A AU2017323604A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2017-09-08 Conducting polymers and uses thereof
EP17848246.9A EP3510076A4 (en) 2016-09-09 2017-09-08 Conducting polymers and uses thereof
US16/330,833 US20190194386A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2017-09-08 Conducting Polymers and Uses Thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
NZ724050 2016-09-09
NZ72405016 2016-09-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018047101A1 true WO2018047101A1 (en) 2018-03-15

Family

ID=61561390

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2017/055408 Ceased WO2018047101A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2017-09-08 Conducting polymers and uses thereof

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20190194386A1 (en)
EP (1) EP3510076A4 (en)
CN (1) CN109963893A (en)
AU (1) AU2017323604A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201815777A (en)
WO (1) WO2018047101A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI732311B (en) * 2019-10-09 2021-07-01 東海大學 Green manufacturing method of conductive polymer
CN113416298A (en) * 2021-06-09 2021-09-21 上海大学 Non-specific adhesion resistant conductive polymer and preparation method thereof
CN120334329B (en) * 2025-06-18 2025-08-22 徐州市中心医院 Estradiol biosensor and construction method and application thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090215958A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2009-08-27 Auckland Uniservices Limited Conducting polymers and uses thereof
WO2015142821A1 (en) * 2014-03-17 2015-09-24 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Conducting polymers for direct sensing of metal ions
US20150346134A1 (en) * 2012-12-31 2015-12-03 Jiangnan University Dithienylpyrrole-based biosensors and methods for their preparation and use

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6987164B2 (en) * 2002-03-09 2006-01-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electrically conductive polymer, sensor using the same, and method for detecting target molecule using the sensor

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090215958A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2009-08-27 Auckland Uniservices Limited Conducting polymers and uses thereof
US20150346134A1 (en) * 2012-12-31 2015-12-03 Jiangnan University Dithienylpyrrole-based biosensors and methods for their preparation and use
WO2015142821A1 (en) * 2014-03-17 2015-09-24 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Conducting polymers for direct sensing of metal ions

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3510076A4 *
SOTZING, G. A. ET AL.: "Poly[bis(pyrrol-2-yl)arylenes]: Conducting Polymers from Low Oxidation Potential Monomers Based on Pyrrole via Electropolymerization", MACROMOLECULES, vol. 29, no. 5, 1996, pages 1679 - 1684, XP002468250 *
WAI CHI CHAN, E. ET AL.: "Highly functionalisable polythiophene phenylenes", POLYMER CHEMISTRY, vol. 6, 2015, pages 7618 - 7629, XP055473500 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190194386A1 (en) 2019-06-27
EP3510076A1 (en) 2019-07-17
TW201815777A (en) 2018-05-01
CN109963893A (en) 2019-07-02
EP3510076A4 (en) 2020-02-26
AU2017323604A1 (en) 2019-04-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Tiwari et al. Electrochemical detection of a breast cancer susceptible gene using cDNA immobilized chitosan-co-polyaniline electrode
JP4510381B2 (en) Detection of negatively charged polymers using water-soluble and cationic polythiophene derivatives
Cha et al. DNA hybridization electrochemical sensor using conducting polymer
Zhang et al. Signal amplification detection of DNA using a sensor fabricated by one-step covalent immobilization of amino-terminated probe DNA onto the polydopamine-modified screen-printed carbon electrode
US20190194386A1 (en) Conducting Polymers and Uses Thereof
Liu et al. Electrochemical detection of telomerase in cancer cells based on the in-situ formation of streptavidin-biotin-DNA-biotin networks for signal amplification
EP3425064B1 (en) Method and electronic device for determining the concentration of an analyte
Siddiquee et al. A review of peptide nucleic acid
Baccar et al. Development of an impedimetric DNA-biosensor based on layered double hydroxide for the detection of long ssDNA sequences
Solanki et al. Nanostructured zirconium oxide based genosensor for Escherichia coli detection
Yi et al. Aptamer-aided target capturing with biocatalytic metal deposition: An electrochemical platform for sensitive detection of cancer cells
Dutse et al. An electrochemical DNA biosensor for ganoderma boninense pathogen of the Oil palm utilizing a New ruthenium complex,[Ru (dppz) 2 (qtpy)] Cl2
Cheng et al. Hairpin probes based click polymerization for label-free electrochemical detection of human T-lymphotropic virus types II
JP3760158B2 (en) Novel conductive polymer, sensor using the same, and target substance detection method
Liu et al. Electrochemical detection of DNA hybridization using a water-soluble branched polyethyleneimine–cobalt (III)–phenanthroline indicator and PNA probe on Au electrodes
Navarro et al. Characterization of PEDOT film functionalized with a series of automated synthesis ferrocenyl-containing oligonucleotides
KR101183956B1 (en) Water soluble conjugated polymer for chemical sensors and biosensors, method for producing the same and fluorescent cyanide sensor containing the same
CN105722847A (en) Labelling compounds and their use in assays
US20100236942A1 (en) Method for electrochemical detection of nucleic acid sequences
JP2008511624A (en) Nucleic acid determination using an electrocatalytic intercalator
Liu et al. Electrochemical DNA biosensor for the detection of interaction between di [azino-di (5, 6-azafluorene)-κ2-NN′] dichlormanganous and DNA
KR100601999B1 (en) Target material detection method using novel conductive polymer
Lin et al. Locked nucleic acids biosensor for detection of BCR/ABL fusion gene using benzoate binuclear copper (II) complex as hybridization indicator
CN114395000B (en) Ferrocene modified naphthalimide derivative and application thereof
Chetana et al. Synthesis and Chemical nuclease activities of copper (II) and Ni (II) Complexes of 4-chloro-2-(pyridine-3-yliminomethyl) phenol Schiff bases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17848246

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017848246

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190409

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017323604

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20170908

Kind code of ref document: A